Merge from emacs-23; up to 2010-06-08T03:06:47Z!dann@ics.uci.edu.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob4ef5ac7dd830b400e6446317597c0de9d2a4aae1
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19845 45374))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
72 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
73 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 extensions.
75 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
76 the file name.
78 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
81 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83 \(fn)" t nil)
85 ;;;***
87 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
88 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
89 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
92 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
103 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
104 Completion is available.
106 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
111 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
112 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
113 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
114 ;;;;;; (19860 32495))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
117 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
119 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
120 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
121 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
122 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
124 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
127 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
130 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
132 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
133 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
134 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
135 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
136 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
137 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
139 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
141 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
142 Prompt for a change log name.
144 \(fn)" nil nil)
146 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
147 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
149 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
150 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
151 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
152 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
154 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
155 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
156 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
158 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
159 current buffer to the complete file name.
160 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
162 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
164 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
165 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
166 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
167 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
169 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
170 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
172 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
174 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
175 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
176 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
178 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
179 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
180 after a comma on an existing line.
182 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
183 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
184 the same person.
186 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
187 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
188 notices.
190 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
191 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
193 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
195 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
196 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
197 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
198 the change log file in another window.
200 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
202 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
203 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
204 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
205 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
206 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
207 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
209 \\{change-log-mode-map}
211 \(fn)" t nil)
213 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
214 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
216 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
223 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
225 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
226 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
228 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
229 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
230 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
231 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
232 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
234 Has a preference of looking backwards.
236 \(fn)" nil nil)
238 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
239 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
240 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
241 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
242 or a buffer.
244 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
245 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
247 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
249 ;;;***
251 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
252 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
253 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19863 8742))
254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
256 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
257 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
258 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
259 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
260 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
261 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
262 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
263 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
264 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
265 interpreted as `error'.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
269 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
270 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
271 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
272 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
273 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
274 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
275 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
276 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
280 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
281 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
285 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
286 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
288 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
290 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
291 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
293 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
294 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
295 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
296 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
297 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
299 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
300 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
301 the new one.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
304 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
305 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
306 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
307 mapped to the closest extremal position).
309 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
310 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
311 the cache-id will clear the cache.
313 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
315 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
317 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
318 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
319 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
320 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
321 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
322 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
323 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
324 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
325 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
326 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
327 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
328 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
329 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
330 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
331 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
332 definition will always be cached for later usage.
334 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
336 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
337 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
338 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
340 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
341 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 BODY...)
344 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
345 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
346 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
347 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
348 see also `ad-add-advice'.
349 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
350 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
351 before/around/after-advices will be used.
352 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
353 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
354 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
355 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
356 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
357 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
359 Semantics of the various flags:
360 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
361 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
362 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
364 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
365 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
367 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
368 advised function should be compiled.
370 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
371 during activation until somebody enables it.
373 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
374 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
375 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
376 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
378 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
379 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
380 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
381 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
382 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 during preloading.
385 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
387 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 BODY...)
390 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
392 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
394 ;;;***
396 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
397 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
398 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19845 45374))
399 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
401 (autoload 'align "align" "\
402 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
403 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
404 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
405 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
406 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
407 rule's `separate' attribute).
409 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
410 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
411 `separate' attribute set.
413 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
414 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
415 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
416 on the format of these lists.
418 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
420 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
421 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
422 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
423 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
424 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
425 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
426 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
427 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
428 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
429 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
430 options.
432 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
433 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
435 Fred (123) 456-7890
436 Alice (123) 456-7890
437 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
438 Joe (123) 456-7890
440 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
441 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
442 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
444 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
446 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
447 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
448 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
449 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
450 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
451 align that section.
453 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
456 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
457 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
458 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
459 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
460 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
461 been used to align that section.
463 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
465 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
466 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
467 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
468 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
469 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
470 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
471 to be colored.
473 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
475 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
476 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
478 \(fn)" t nil)
480 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
481 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
483 \(fn)" t nil)
485 ;;;***
487 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
488 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
489 ;;;;;; (19859 11635))
490 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
492 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
493 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
495 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
497 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
499 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
500 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
502 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
503 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
505 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
506 `allout-auto-activation'.
508 \(fn)" nil nil)
510 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
511 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
513 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
514 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
515 file variable `allout-layout'.
517 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
518 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
519 specified layout is applied.
521 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
522 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
524 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
525 Auto-layout is not.
527 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
529 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
531 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
535 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
537 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
547 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
553 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
557 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
559 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
561 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
564 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
566 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
568 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
569 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
570 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
572 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
574 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
575 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
576 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
577 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
578 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
579 which is organized as an allout outline.)
581 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
583 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
584 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
585 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
586 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
587 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
588 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
589 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
590 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
592 and many other features.
594 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
595 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
596 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
597 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
598 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
600 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
601 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
602 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
603 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
604 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
605 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
606 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
607 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
608 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
609 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
611 Exposure Control:
612 ----------------
613 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
614 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
615 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
616 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
617 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
619 Navigation:
620 ----------
621 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
622 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
623 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
624 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
625 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
626 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
627 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
628 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
629 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
630 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
633 Topic Header Production:
634 -----------------------
635 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
636 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
637 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
639 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
640 ---------------------------------
641 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
642 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
643 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
644 current topic
645 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
646 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
647 are alternated according to nesting depth.
648 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
649 the offspring are not affected.
650 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
652 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
653 ----------------------------------
654 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
655 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
656 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
657 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
658 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
659 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
660 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
661 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
663 Topic-oriented Encryption:
664 -------------------------
665 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
666 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
668 Misc commands:
669 -------------
670 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
671 and establish a default file-var setting
672 for `allout-layout'.
673 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
674 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
676 buffer with name derived from derived from that
677 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
678 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
679 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
680 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
681 format.
682 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
683 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
684 auto-activation.
686 Topic Encryption
688 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
689 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
690 pending encryption on save.
692 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
693 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
694 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
695 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
696 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
698 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
699 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
700 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
701 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
702 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
703 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
704 signal.
706 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
707 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
708 for details.
710 HOT-SPOT Operation
712 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
713 navigation and exposure control.
715 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
716 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
717 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
718 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
719 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
721 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
722 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
723 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
724 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
725 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
727 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
728 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
729 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
730 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
731 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
732 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
733 at the beginning of the current entry.
735 Extending Allout
737 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
738 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
739 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
741 `allout-mode-hook'
742 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
743 `allout-mode-off-hook'
744 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
745 `allout-structure-added-hook'
746 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
747 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
748 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
750 Terminology
752 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
754 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
755 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
756 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
757 CURRENT ITEM:
758 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
759 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
760 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
761 called the:
762 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
764 ANCESTORS:
765 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
766 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
767 of the ITEM.
768 OFFSPRING:
769 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
770 SUBTOPIC:
771 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
772 CHILD:
773 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
774 SIBLINGS:
775 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
777 Topic text constituents:
779 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
780 text.
781 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
782 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
783 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
784 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
785 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
786 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
787 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
788 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
789 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
790 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
791 the PREFIX.
793 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
794 of the ITEM.
795 PREFIX-LEAD:
796 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
797 It can be customized by changing the setting of
798 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
800 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
801 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
802 program code without interfering with processing of the text
803 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
804 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
805 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
806 docstring for more detail.
807 PREFIX-PADDING:
808 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
809 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
810 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
811 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
812 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
813 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
814 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
815 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
816 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
817 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
818 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
819 more details.
820 EXPOSURE:
821 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
822 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
823 CONCEALED:
824 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
825 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
827 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
828 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
829 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
833 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
835 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
836 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
838 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
839 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
843 ;;;***
845 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
846 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
847 ;;;;;; (19859 11635))
848 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
850 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
852 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
853 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
855 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
857 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
859 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
860 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
862 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
863 visiting an outline.
865 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
866 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
868 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
869 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
870 you want allout widgets operation.
872 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
874 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
876 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
878 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
879 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
881 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
884 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
885 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
887 The graphics include:
889 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
891 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
892 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
894 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
895 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
897 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
898 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
899 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
903 ;;;***
905 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
906 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19845 45374))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
909 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
911 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
912 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
913 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
914 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
915 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
916 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
918 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
920 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
923 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
925 ;;;***
927 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
928 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19845 45374))
929 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
931 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
932 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
933 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
934 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
935 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
936 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
937 in the current window.
939 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
941 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
942 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
943 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
949 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
951 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
953 ;;;***
955 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
956 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
982 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19845 45374))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1018 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1022 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1023 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1024 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1025 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1026 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1031 Toggle checking of appointments.
1032 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1033 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037 ;;;***
1039 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1040 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1041 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19845 45374))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1055 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 normal variables.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1069 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 noninteractive functions.
1078 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1079 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1081 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1082 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1084 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1086 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1087 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1089 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1091 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1092 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1093 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1094 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1096 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1097 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1098 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1099 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1101 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1102 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1104 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1106 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1108 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1109 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1110 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1111 thus be found in `load-history'.
1113 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1116 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1117 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1118 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1119 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1120 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1123 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1124 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1126 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1129 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1136 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1137 bindings.
1138 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1140 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142 ;;;***
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19845
1145 ;;;;;; 45374))
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1148 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1149 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1150 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1151 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1152 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1153 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1155 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1156 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1157 archive.
1159 \\{archive-mode-map}
1161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1163 ;;;***
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1168 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1169 Major mode for editing arrays.
1171 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1172 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1173 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1175 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1177 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1178 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1179 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1181 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1182 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1183 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1184 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1185 The variables are:
1187 Variables you assign:
1188 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1189 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1190 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1191 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1192 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1193 row numbers in the buffer.
1195 Variables which are calculated:
1196 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1197 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1199 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1200 take a numeric prefix argument):
1202 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1203 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1204 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1205 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1207 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1208 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1209 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1210 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1212 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1213 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1214 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1215 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1217 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1218 between that of point and mark.
1220 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1221 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1223 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1224 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1225 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1226 newlines inside rows)
1228 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1230 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1232 \(fn)" t nil)
1234 ;;;***
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19845
1237 ;;;;;; 45374))
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1240 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1241 Toggle Artist mode.
1242 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1243 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1244 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1246 How to quit Artist mode
1248 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1251 How to submit a bug report
1253 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1256 Drawing with the mouse:
1258 mouse-2
1259 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1260 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1261 below).
1263 mouse-1
1264 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1265 or pastes:
1267 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1270 to new point
1271 --------------------------------------------------------------
1272 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1287 lines
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Paste Paste Paste
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1299 or diagonally.
1301 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1302 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1303 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1304 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1305 poly-lines.
1307 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1308 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1309 overwrite means the opposite.
1311 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1312 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1313 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1315 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1317 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1318 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1320 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1321 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1322 are currently drawing something.
1324 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1325 some time to fill.
1328 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1329 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1332 Settings
1334 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1336 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1338 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1340 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1342 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1343 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1345 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1348 Drawing with keys
1350 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1351 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1352 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1353 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1354 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1355 When pasting: Pastes
1357 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1359 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1361 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1362 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1363 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1364 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1365 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1366 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1369 Arrows
1371 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1372 of the line/poly-line
1374 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1375 of the line/poly-line
1378 Selecting operation
1380 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1382 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1385 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1386 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1387 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1388 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1389 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1390 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1391 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1392 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1393 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1394 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1395 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1396 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1401 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1404 Variables
1406 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1407 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1409 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1410 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1411 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1412 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1413 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1414 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1415 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1416 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1417 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1418 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1419 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1420 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1421 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1422 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1423 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1424 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1425 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1426 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1427 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1429 Hooks
1431 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1432 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1435 Keymap summary
1437 \\{artist-mode-map}
1439 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1441 ;;;***
1443 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19845
1444 ;;;;;; 45374))
1445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1447 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1448 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1449 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1451 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1452 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1453 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1454 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1456 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1457 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1459 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1460 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1462 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1464 Special commands:
1465 \\{asm-mode-map}
1467 \(fn)" t nil)
1469 ;;;***
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1475 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1476 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1477 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1478 let-binding.")
1480 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1482 ;;;***
1484 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1485 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1488 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1498 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1499 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1500 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1501 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1502 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1503 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1505 For example:
1506 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1507 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1508 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1509 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1510 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1512 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1516 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1517 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1518 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1521 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1523 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1525 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1526 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1527 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1528 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1529 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1530 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1532 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 ;;;***
1538 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1539 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1542 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1543 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1545 \(fn)" t nil)
1547 ;;;***
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1550 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19845 45374))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1553 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1554 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1555 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1557 \(fn)" t nil)
1559 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1560 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1561 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1562 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1564 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1566 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1567 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1568 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1571 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1573 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1576 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1577 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1578 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1580 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1581 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1585 ;;;***
1587 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1588 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1589 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1592 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1594 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1596 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1597 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1598 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1599 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1600 save the buffer too.
1602 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1604 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1606 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1607 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1608 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1609 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1610 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1611 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1613 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1614 directory or directories specified.
1616 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1618 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1620 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1622 \(fn)" nil nil)
1624 ;;;***
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1627 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1628 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19845 45374))
1629 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1631 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1632 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1634 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1635 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1636 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1637 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1638 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1642 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1643 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1645 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1646 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1650 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1651 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1652 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1654 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1655 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1656 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1657 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1658 reflected in the current buffer.
1660 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1661 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1662 writing before you save the file!
1664 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1668 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1671 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1672 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1674 \(fn)" nil nil)
1676 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1677 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1678 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1681 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1683 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1685 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1687 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1688 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1690 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1691 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1692 to revert a particular buffer.
1694 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1695 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1696 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1697 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1698 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1700 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1701 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1702 specifies in the mode line.
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706 ;;;***
1708 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1709 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1710 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1712 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1713 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1714 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1716 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1718 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1720 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1721 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1722 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1723 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1725 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1726 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1727 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1729 Effects of the different modes:
1730 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1731 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1732 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1733 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1734 a random distance & direction.
1735 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1736 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1737 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1739 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1741 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1742 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1743 definition of \"random distance\".)
1745 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1747 ;;;***
1749 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1750 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1751 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1752 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1754 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1755 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1756 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1757 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1759 \(fn)" t nil)
1761 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1762 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1763 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1766 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1768 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1770 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1771 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1772 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1773 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1774 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1775 seconds.
1777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1779 ;;;***
1781 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1782 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19845 45374))
1783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1785 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1786 Time execution of FORMS.
1787 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1788 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1789 FORMS once.
1790 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1791 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1792 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1794 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1796 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1797 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1798 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1799 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1800 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1802 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1804 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1805 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1806 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1807 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1808 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1810 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1812 ;;;***
1814 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1815 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19845 45374))
1816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1818 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1819 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1820 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1821 of corresponding buffers.
1822 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1823 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1824 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1825 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1826 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1827 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1829 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1831 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1832 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1834 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1836 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1837 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1838 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1839 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1841 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1842 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1843 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1844 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1845 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1847 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1848 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1851 Special information:
1853 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1855 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1856 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1857 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1858 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1859 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1860 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1861 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1862 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1863 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1864 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1865 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1867 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1868 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1869 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1870 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1871 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1872 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1873 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1874 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1876 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1878 ----------------------------------------------------------
1879 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1880 if that value is non-nil.
1882 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1884 \(fn)" t nil)
1886 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1887 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1888 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1889 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1890 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1891 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1892 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1893 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1894 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1895 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1897 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1899 ;;;***
1901 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1902 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1905 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1906 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1908 \(fn)" t nil)
1910 ;;;***
1912 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1913 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1914 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1917 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1919 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1920 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1921 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1923 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1925 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1926 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1930 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1931 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1933 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1935 ;;;***
1937 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1938 ;;;;;; 45374))
1939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1941 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1942 Play blackbox.
1943 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1945 What is blackbox?
1947 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1948 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1949 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1950 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1951 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1952 your score.
1954 Overview of play:
1956 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1957 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1958 four.
1960 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1961 movement keys.
1963 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1964 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1966 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1967 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1969 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1970 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1971 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1972 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1973 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1974 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1976 Details:
1978 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1980 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1981 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1982 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1983 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1985 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1986 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1987 denoted by the letter `R'.
1989 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1990 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1991 denoted by the letter `H'.
1993 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1994 example.
1996 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1997 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1998 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1999 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2000 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2001 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2002 ray.
2004 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2005 degree deflection it causes.
2008 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2011 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2015 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2018 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2019 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2022 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2023 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2024 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2025 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2026 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2027 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2028 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2029 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2031 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2032 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2033 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2034 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2035 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2036 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2037 emerging from the box.
2039 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2041 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2042 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2043 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2044 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2045 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2046 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2047 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2048 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2050 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2051 a reflection.
2053 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2055 ;;;***
2057 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2058 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2059 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2060 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2061 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
2062 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2063 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2064 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2065 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2067 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2068 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2069 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2070 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2071 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2072 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2073 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2076 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2077 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2079 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2080 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2081 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2082 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2083 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2084 recent one.
2086 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2087 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2088 yank successive words.
2090 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2091 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2092 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2093 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2094 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2096 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2097 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2098 the list of bookmarks.)
2100 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2102 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2103 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2104 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2105 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2106 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2107 this.
2109 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2110 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2111 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2112 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2114 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2115 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2117 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2118 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2119 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2123 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2124 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2126 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2128 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2129 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2131 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2132 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2133 after a bookmark was set in it.
2135 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2138 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2140 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2141 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2143 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2145 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2147 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2148 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2149 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2150 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2152 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2153 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2154 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2156 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2157 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2158 name.
2160 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2162 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2163 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2164 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2166 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2167 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2168 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2169 this.
2171 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2173 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2174 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2176 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2177 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2178 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2179 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2180 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2181 probably because we were called from there.
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2186 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2187 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2189 \(fn)" t nil)
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2192 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2193 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2194 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2195 \(second argument).
2197 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2198 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2199 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2200 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2201 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2203 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2204 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2205 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2206 `bookmark-default-file'.
2208 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2210 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2211 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2212 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2213 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2214 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2215 while loading.
2217 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2218 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2219 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2220 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2221 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2222 explicitly.
2224 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2225 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2226 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2227 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2229 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2232 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2233 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2234 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2235 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2237 \(fn)" t nil)
2239 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2241 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2244 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2248 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2250 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2252 ;;;***
2254 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2255 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2256 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2257 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2258 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2259 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2260 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2261 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2262 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2265 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2266 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2267 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2268 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2270 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2271 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2272 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2273 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2274 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2276 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2278 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2279 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2280 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2281 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2282 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2283 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2285 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2289 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2290 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2291 narrowed.
2293 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2295 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2296 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2300 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2301 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2303 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2305 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2306 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2307 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2308 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2309 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2310 first, if that exists.
2312 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2314 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2316 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2317 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2321 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2322 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2323 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2324 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2325 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2326 to use.
2328 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2333 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2337 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2338 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2340 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2341 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2342 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2343 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2357 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2361 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2362 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2365 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2366 new tab in an existing window instead.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2376 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2377 Firefox.
2379 When called interactively, if variable
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2381 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2382 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2383 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2386 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2387 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2389 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2390 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2393 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2394 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2395 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2396 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2397 URL in a new window.
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2401 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2404 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2406 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2407 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2408 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2409 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2412 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2413 new tab in an existing window instead.
2415 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2416 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2428 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2431 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2432 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2433 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2444 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2445 program is invoked according to the variable
2446 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2454 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2463 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2464 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point.
2480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2481 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2482 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2491 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2492 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2498 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2499 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2500 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2501 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2507 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2508 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2509 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2511 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2512 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2513 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2514 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2521 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2522 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2523 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2524 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2525 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2526 current one.
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2530 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2531 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2541 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2542 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2543 don't offer a form of remote control.
2545 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point.
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2555 Default to the URL around the point.
2557 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2558 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2560 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2561 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 ;;;***
2567 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2568 ;;;;;; 45374))
2569 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2571 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2572 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2574 \(fn)" t nil)
2576 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2577 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2579 \(fn)" nil nil)
2581 ;;;***
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2584 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19865 50420))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2587 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2588 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2589 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2590 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2595 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2596 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2597 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2599 \(fn)" t nil)
2601 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2602 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2604 \(fn)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2607 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2608 \\<bs-mode-map>
2609 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2610 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2611 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2612 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2614 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2615 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2616 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2617 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2618 name of buffer configuration.
2620 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2622 ;;;***
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19845 45374))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2627 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2628 Play Bubbles game.
2629 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2630 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2631 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2632 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2633 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2634 columns on its right towards the left.
2636 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2637 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2638 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2639 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2641 \(fn)" t nil)
2643 ;;;***
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19845 45374))
2647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2649 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2651 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2652 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2657 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2661 ;;;***
2663 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2664 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2665 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2666 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2667 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19863 8742))
2668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2669 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2670 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2671 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2673 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2675 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2676 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2677 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2678 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2679 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2680 else the global value will be modified.
2682 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2684 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2685 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2686 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2687 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2688 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2689 else the global value will be modified.
2691 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2693 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2694 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2695 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2697 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2699 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2700 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2701 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2702 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2704 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2705 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2706 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2707 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2708 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2709 before scanning it.
2711 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2712 that already has a `.elc' file.
2714 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2715 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2718 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2719 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2720 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2721 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2722 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2724 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2726 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2727 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2728 Print the result in the echo area.
2729 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2734 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2735 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2737 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2740 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2741 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2742 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2743 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2744 all functions called by those functions.
2746 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2747 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2748 cons, etc.).
2750 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2751 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2752 invoked interactively.
2754 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2757 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2761 \(fn)" nil nil)
2763 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2764 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2765 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2766 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2767 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2768 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2769 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2770 already up-to-date.
2772 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2774 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2775 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2776 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2777 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2779 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2780 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2781 and corresponding effects.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2785 ;;;***
2787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19845
2788 ;;;;;; 45374))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2791 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2793 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2795 ;;;***
2797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19845 45374))
2798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2800 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2802 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2804 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2806 ;;;***
2808 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2809 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2810 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2812 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2813 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2814 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2815 from the cursor position.
2817 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2819 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2821 ;;;***
2823 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2824 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2825 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19845
2826 ;;;;;; 45374))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2830 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2831 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2836 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2838 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2840 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2841 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2845 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2848 \(fn)" t nil)
2850 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2851 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2852 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2853 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2855 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2857 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2859 This is most useful in the X window system.
2860 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2861 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2865 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2866 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2867 See calc-keypad for details.
2869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2871 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2872 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2877 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2879 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2881 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2882 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2884 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2887 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2888 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2890 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2892 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2893 Define Calc function.
2895 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2896 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2897 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2899 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2900 actual Lisp function name.
2902 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2904 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2906 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2911 ;;;;;; 45374))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2914 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2917 \(fn N)" t nil)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19845
2922 ;;;;;; 45374))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2925 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2926 Run the Emacs calculator.
2927 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2929 \(fn)" t nil)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19867
2934 ;;;;;; 52471))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2938 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2939 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2940 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2941 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2942 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2944 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2945 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2946 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2947 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2948 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2949 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2950 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2951 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2952 window.
2954 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2955 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2957 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2958 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2959 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2960 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2961 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2962 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2964 Runs the following hooks:
2966 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2967 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2968 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2969 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2971 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2975 ;;;***
2977 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2978 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2981 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2982 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2984 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2986 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2987 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2988 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2989 it fails.
2991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2993 ;;;***
2995 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2996 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
2997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2999 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3000 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3002 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3003 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3004 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3005 restriction to ASCII.
3007 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3009 capitalizedWorDD
3010 ^ ^ ^^
3012 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3013 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3014 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3016 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3017 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3018 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3019 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3020 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3021 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3022 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3024 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3025 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3029 ;;;***
3031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3032 ;;;;;; 45374))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3034 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3036 ;;;***
3038 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3039 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3042 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3043 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3045 \(fn)" nil nil)
3047 ;;;***
3049 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3050 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3051 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3054 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3055 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3056 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3057 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3058 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3059 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3060 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3062 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3064 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3065 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3066 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3068 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3070 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3071 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3072 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3075 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3076 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3077 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3078 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3079 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3080 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3082 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3084 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3085 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3087 Key bindings:
3088 \\{c-mode-map}
3090 \(fn)" t nil)
3092 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3093 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3095 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3096 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3097 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3098 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3099 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3100 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3101 message.
3103 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3105 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3106 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3108 Key bindings:
3109 \\{c++-mode-map}
3111 \(fn)" t nil)
3113 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3114 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3115 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3117 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3118 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3119 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3120 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3121 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3122 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3123 message.
3125 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3127 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3128 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3130 Key bindings:
3131 \\{objc-mode-map}
3133 \(fn)" t nil)
3135 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3136 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3137 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3139 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3140 Major mode for editing Java code.
3141 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3142 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3143 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3144 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3145 message.
3147 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3149 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3150 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3152 Key bindings:
3153 \\{java-mode-map}
3155 \(fn)" t nil)
3157 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3158 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3159 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3161 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3163 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3164 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3165 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3166 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3167 message.
3169 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3171 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3172 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3174 Key bindings:
3175 \\{idl-mode-map}
3177 \(fn)" t nil)
3179 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3180 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3181 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3182 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3184 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3185 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3187 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3188 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3189 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3190 message.
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{pike-mode-map}
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3206 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3208 ;;;***
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19845 45374))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3214 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3215 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3216 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3217 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3219 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3221 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3222 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3223 might get set too.
3225 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3226 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3227 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3228 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3229 way.
3231 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3232 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3233 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3234 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3235 a null operation.
3237 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3239 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3240 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3241 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3242 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3244 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3246 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3247 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3248 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3250 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3252 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3253 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3254 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3255 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3256 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3258 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3260 ;;;***
3262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19845 45374))
3263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3264 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3265 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3266 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3268 ;;;***
3270 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3271 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3275 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3276 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3278 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3280 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3281 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3283 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3285 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3286 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3288 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3289 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3290 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3291 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3292 execution.
3294 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3296 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3298 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3299 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3301 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3302 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3303 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3304 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3306 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3307 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3308 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3309 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3310 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3311 `write' commands.
3313 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3314 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3315 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3316 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3318 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3319 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3320 semantics.
3322 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3324 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3326 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3328 STATEMENT :=
3329 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3330 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3332 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3333 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3335 | integer
3337 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3339 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3340 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3341 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3343 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3344 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3345 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3347 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3348 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3350 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3351 BREAK := (break)
3353 REPEAT :=
3354 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3355 (repeat)
3356 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3357 ;; (repeat))
3358 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3359 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3360 ;; (read REG)
3361 ;; (repeat))
3362 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3363 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3364 ;; (read REG)
3365 ;; (repeat))
3366 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3368 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3369 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3370 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3371 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3372 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3373 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3374 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3375 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3376 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3377 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3378 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3379 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3380 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3381 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3382 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3383 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3385 WRITE :=
3386 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3387 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3388 ;; representation.
3389 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3390 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3391 ;; (write r7))
3392 | (write EXPRESSION)
3393 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3394 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3395 ;; representation.
3396 | (write integer)
3397 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3398 ;; buffer.
3399 | (write string)
3400 ;; Same as: (write string)
3401 | string
3402 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3403 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3404 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3405 ;; representation.
3406 | (write REG ARRAY)
3407 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3408 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3409 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3410 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3411 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3412 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3414 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3415 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3417 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3418 END := (end)
3420 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3421 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3422 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3424 ARG := REG | integer
3426 OPERATOR :=
3427 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3428 + | - | * | / | %
3430 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3431 | & | `|' | ^
3433 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3434 | << | >>
3436 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3437 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3438 | <8
3440 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3441 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3442 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3443 | >8
3445 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3446 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3447 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3448 | //
3450 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3451 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3453 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3454 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3455 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3456 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3457 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3458 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3459 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3460 | de-sjis
3462 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3463 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3464 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3467 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3468 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3469 ;; byte of SJIS.
3470 | en-sjis
3472 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3473 ;; Same meaning as C code
3474 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3476 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3477 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3478 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3479 | <8=
3481 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3482 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3483 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3485 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3486 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3487 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3488 | //=
3490 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3493 TRANSLATE :=
3494 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3495 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3497 LOOKUP :=
3498 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3499 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3500 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3501 MAP :=
3502 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3503 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3504 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3505 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3506 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3507 MAP-ID := integer
3509 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3511 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3513 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3514 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3515 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3516 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3517 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3518 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3520 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3522 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3523 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3524 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3526 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3528 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3530 ;;;***
3532 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3536 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3537 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3538 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3539 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3541 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3543 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3545 ;;;***
3547 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3551 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3552 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3553 There are no special keybindings by default.
3555 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3556 to the action header.
3558 \(fn)" t nil)
3560 ;;;***
3562 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19845 45374))
3564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3566 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3567 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3568 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3570 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3572 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3573 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3574 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3576 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3578 ;;;***
3580 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3581 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3582 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3583 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3584 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3585 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3586 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3587 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3588 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19845 45374))
3589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3590 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3591 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3592 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3593 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3594 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3599 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3601 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3602 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3603 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3604 the users will view as each check is completed.
3606 \(fn)" t nil)
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3609 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3610 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3611 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3612 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3613 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3614 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3615 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3617 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3619 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3620 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3621 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3622 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3623 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3624 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3625 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3626 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3628 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3631 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3632 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3633 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3634 spacing are all verified.
3636 \(fn)" t nil)
3638 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3639 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3640 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3641 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3642 otherwise stop after the first error.
3644 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3646 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3647 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3648 Only documentation strings are checked.
3649 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3650 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3651 a separate buffer.
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3657 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3658 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3659 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3661 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3663 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3664 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3666 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3667 if there is one.
3669 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3672 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3673 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3674 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3675 if there is one.
3676 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3678 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3680 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3681 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3682 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3687 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3688 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3689 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3690 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3692 \(fn)" t nil)
3694 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3695 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3696 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3697 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3698 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3699 space at the end of each line.
3701 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3703 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3704 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3705 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3706 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3708 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3710 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3711 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3712 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3713 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3717 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3718 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3719 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3720 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3722 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3724 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3725 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3726 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3727 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3729 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3732 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3733 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3734 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3736 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3738 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3739 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3740 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3741 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3743 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3745 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3746 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3747 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3748 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3750 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3752 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3753 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3754 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3755 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3757 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3759 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3760 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3761 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3762 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3764 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3767 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3768 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3769 turn it off.
3771 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3772 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3773 checking of documentation strings.
3775 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3779 ;;;***
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3783 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3784 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3786 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3787 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3788 Return the length of resulting text.
3790 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3792 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3793 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3797 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3798 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3799 Return the length of resulting text.
3801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3803 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3804 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3806 \(fn)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3811 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3813 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3816 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3818 ;;;***
3820 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3821 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3824 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3825 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3826 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3827 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3828 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3829 editing and the result is evaluated.
3831 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3833 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3834 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3835 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3836 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3837 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3839 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3841 \(fn)" t nil)
3843 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3844 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3845 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3846 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3847 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3849 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3850 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3851 \\{command-history-map}
3853 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3854 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3856 \(fn)" t nil)
3858 ;;;***
3860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
3861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3863 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3873 ;;;***
3875 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3876 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3879 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3880 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3881 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3882 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3883 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3884 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3885 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3886 of this function.
3888 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3889 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3890 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3891 property are:
3893 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3894 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3896 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3897 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3898 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3899 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3900 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3901 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3902 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3903 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3904 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3905 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3906 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3907 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3909 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3910 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3911 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3913 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3914 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3915 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3916 list elements are:
3918 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3920 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3922 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3924 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3925 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3927 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3928 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3930 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3931 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3932 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3933 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3934 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3935 value specified by their associated list element.
3937 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3939 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3940 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3941 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3943 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3944 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3945 * indent the first argument by 4.
3946 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3947 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3948 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3950 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3952 ;;;***
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3958 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3959 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3960 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3961 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3963 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3964 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3965 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3966 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3968 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3969 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3971 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3973 ;;;***
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19845
3976 ;;;;;; 45374))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3979 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3980 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3981 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3982 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3983 of `scheme-program-name').
3984 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3985 it is given as initial input.
3986 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3987 discards input when it starts up.
3988 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3989 is run).
3990 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3992 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3993 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3995 ;;;***
3997 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4000 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4001 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4002 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4003 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4005 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4006 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4008 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4009 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4010 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4012 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4014 ;;;***
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4017 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4018 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4019 ;;;;;; (19852 16697))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4022 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4023 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4024 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4025 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4026 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4027 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4028 functions have already modified the buffer.
4030 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4032 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4033 either globally or locally.")
4035 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4036 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4037 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4038 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4039 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4040 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4041 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4042 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4043 process as its initial input.
4045 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4047 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4049 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4051 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4052 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4053 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4054 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4055 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4056 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4057 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4058 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4059 process as its initial input.
4061 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4063 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4065 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4068 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4069 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4070 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4071 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4072 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4074 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4076 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4077 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4078 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4079 directory tracking functions.")
4081 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4082 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4083 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4085 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4087 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4089 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4090 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4091 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4093 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4095 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4097 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4098 Send COMMAND to current process.
4099 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4100 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4102 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4104 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4105 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4106 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4107 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4109 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4111 ;;;***
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4114 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4117 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4118 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4119 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4120 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4122 This command pushes the mark in each window
4123 at the prior location of point in that window.
4124 If both windows display the same buffer,
4125 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4126 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4128 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4129 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4130 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4131 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4132 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4133 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4134 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4135 ignored.
4137 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4138 this command work in interlaced mode:
4139 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4140 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4141 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4143 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4145 ;;;***
4147 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4148 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4149 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4150 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4151 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19845
4152 ;;;;;; 45374))
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4155 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4156 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4158 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4160 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4161 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4162 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4163 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4164 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4165 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4166 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4168 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4170 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4171 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4173 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4175 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4176 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4177 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4178 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4179 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4181 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4182 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4183 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4184 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4185 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4187 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4188 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4189 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4190 describing how the process finished.")
4192 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4193 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4194 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4195 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4196 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4198 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4199 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4200 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4202 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4204 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4205 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4206 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4207 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4209 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4211 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4212 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4214 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4215 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4217 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4218 (lambda ()
4219 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4220 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4221 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4222 (concat \"make -k \"
4223 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4225 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4226 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4228 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4229 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4230 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4231 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4233 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4235 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4236 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4237 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4238 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4240 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4241 and move to the source code that caused it.
4243 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4244 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4246 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4247 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4248 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4249 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4251 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4252 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4253 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4254 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4256 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4257 kills its subprocesses.
4259 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4260 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4261 to a function that generates a unique name.
4263 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4265 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4266 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4267 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4268 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4270 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4271 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4273 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4274 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4275 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4276 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4278 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4279 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4280 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4282 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4284 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4286 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4287 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4288 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4289 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4290 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4292 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4294 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4296 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4298 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4299 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4300 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4301 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4302 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4303 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4304 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4308 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4309 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4310 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4311 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4312 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4313 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4317 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4318 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4319 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4321 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4323 ;;;***
4325 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4326 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4327 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4329 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4330 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4331 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4334 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4336 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4338 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4339 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4343 ;;;***
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4346 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4347 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4348 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4351 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4352 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4353 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4354 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4355 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4356 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4357 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4359 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4360 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4361 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4363 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4364 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4365 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4367 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4368 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4369 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4370 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4372 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4373 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4374 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4375 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4376 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4377 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4378 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4380 \\{conf-mode-map}
4382 \(fn)" t nil)
4384 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4385 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4386 Comments start with `#'.
4387 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4389 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4391 \[Desktop Entry]
4392 Encoding=UTF-8
4393 Name=The GIMP
4394 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4395 Name[cs]=GIMP
4397 \(fn)" t nil)
4399 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4400 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4401 Comments start with `;'.
4402 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4404 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4406 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4407 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4408 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4410 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4411 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4413 \(fn)" t nil)
4415 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4416 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4417 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4418 between `/*' and `*/'.
4419 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4421 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4422 // another kind of comment
4423 /* yet another */
4425 name:value
4426 name=value
4427 name value
4428 x.1 =
4429 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4430 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4432 \(fn)" t nil)
4434 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4435 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4436 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4437 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4438 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4439 `conf-space-keywords'.
4440 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4441 in an interactive fashion instead.
4443 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4445 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4447 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4448 image/png png
4449 image/tiff tiff tif
4451 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4452 class desktop
4453 # Standard multimedia devices
4454 add /dev/audio desktop
4455 add /dev/mixer desktop
4457 \(fn)" t nil)
4459 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4460 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4461 See `conf-space-mode'.
4463 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4465 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4466 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4467 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4468 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4470 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4472 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4473 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4475 \(fn)" t nil)
4477 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4478 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4479 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4480 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4482 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4484 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4485 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4489 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4490 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4491 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4492 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4494 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4496 *background: gray99
4497 *foreground: black
4499 \(fn)" t nil)
4501 ;;;***
4503 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4504 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4507 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4508 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4509 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4510 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4512 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4515 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4516 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4517 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4519 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4521 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4522 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4523 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4524 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4526 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4528 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4529 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4531 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4536 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4537 ;;;;;; 45374))
4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4539 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4540 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4541 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4543 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4544 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4545 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4546 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4547 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4548 following the copyright are updated as well.
4549 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4550 interactively.
4552 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4554 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4555 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4556 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4557 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4558 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4560 \(fn)" t nil)
4562 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4563 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4565 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4568 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4569 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4571 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4573 ;;;***
4575 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4576 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19845 45374))
4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4578 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4579 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4580 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4581 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4582 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4583 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4584 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4586 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4587 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4588 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4589 Tab indents for Perl code.
4590 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4591 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4593 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4594 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4595 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4596 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4597 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4598 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4599 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4600 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4601 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4602 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4603 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4604 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4606 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4608 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4609 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4611 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4613 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4614 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4615 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4616 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4617 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4618 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4619 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4620 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4621 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4623 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4625 bite if angry;
4627 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4628 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4629 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4630 to nil.)
4632 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4633 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4634 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4636 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4638 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4639 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4640 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4641 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4642 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4644 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4646 if (A) { B }
4648 into
4650 B if A;
4652 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4654 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4655 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4656 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4657 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4658 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4659 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4660 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4661 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4662 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4663 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4664 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4665 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4666 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4668 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4669 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4670 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4671 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4672 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4673 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4675 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4676 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4677 man via menu.
4679 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4680 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4681 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4682 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4683 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4685 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4686 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4687 span the needed amount of lines.
4689 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4690 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4691 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4692 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4694 Variables controlling indentation style:
4695 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4696 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4697 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4698 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4699 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4700 `cperl-auto-newline'
4701 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4702 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4703 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4704 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4705 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4706 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4707 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4708 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4709 `cperl-indent-level'
4710 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4711 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4712 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4713 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4714 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4715 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4716 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4717 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4718 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4719 `cperl-brace-offset'
4720 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4721 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4722 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4723 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4724 `cperl-label-offset'
4725 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4726 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4727 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4729 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4730 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4731 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4732 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4733 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4734 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4736 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4737 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4738 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4739 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4741 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4742 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4743 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4744 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4745 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4746 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4747 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4749 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4750 column 0 is indented on
4751 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4753 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4754 with no args.
4756 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4757 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4758 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4760 \(fn)" t nil)
4762 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4763 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4765 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4768 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4770 \(fn)" t nil)
4772 ;;;***
4774 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4775 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4778 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4779 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4780 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4781 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4782 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4786 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4787 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4789 \(fn)" t nil)
4791 ;;;***
4793 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4794 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4797 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4798 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4799 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4800 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4803 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4807 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4808 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4809 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4813 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4815 ;;;***
4817 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4818 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4821 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4822 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4823 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4824 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4826 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4827 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4828 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4829 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4831 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4832 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4833 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4835 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4836 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4837 'bob', and 'eve'.
4839 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4840 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4841 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4843 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4845 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4846 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4847 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4849 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4851 ;;;***
4853 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19863
4854 ;;;;;; 8742))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4857 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4858 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4860 \(fn)" t nil)
4862 ;;;***
4864 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4868 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4869 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4870 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4873 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4875 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4877 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4878 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4879 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4880 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4881 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4883 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4884 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4885 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4886 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4887 function of these prefix keys.
4889 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4890 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4891 options:
4892 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4893 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4894 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4896 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4897 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4898 the prefix fallback behavior.
4900 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4901 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4902 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4903 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4907 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4908 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4912 ;;;***
4914 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4915 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4916 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4917 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4918 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4919 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4920 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4921 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4922 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4923 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4924 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4927 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4928 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4930 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4932 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4933 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4935 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4937 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4938 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4940 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4941 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4943 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4944 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4946 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4947 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4949 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4950 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4952 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4954 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4957 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4958 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4960 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4961 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4963 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4964 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4966 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4967 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4969 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4971 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4973 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4974 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4975 Return VALUE.
4977 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4978 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4980 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4981 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4983 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4984 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4986 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4988 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4990 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4991 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4992 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4993 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4994 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5000 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5001 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5003 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5005 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5006 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5008 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5010 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5011 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5013 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5015 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5017 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5018 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5020 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5022 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5024 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5025 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5026 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5028 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5030 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5031 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5032 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5033 as part of Emacs itself.
5035 Each elements looks like this:
5037 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5039 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5040 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5041 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5042 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5043 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5044 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5045 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5046 and `defface'.
5048 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5050 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5051 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5052 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5053 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5054 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5056 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5057 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5058 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5059 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5061 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5063 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5064 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5065 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5066 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5067 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5069 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5070 that were added or redefined since that version.
5072 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5074 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5075 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5076 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5077 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5079 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5080 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5082 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5084 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5085 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5086 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5088 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5089 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5091 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5093 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5094 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5098 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5103 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize all already saved user options.
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5108 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5109 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5115 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5116 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5117 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5118 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5119 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5120 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5122 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5124 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5125 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5126 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5127 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5129 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5132 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5134 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5136 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5137 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5143 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5144 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5145 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5146 that option.
5148 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5150 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5151 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5152 The result includes selecting that window.
5153 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5154 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5155 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5156 that option.
5158 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5161 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5163 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5165 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5166 File used for storing customization information.
5167 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5168 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5169 it should be an absolute file name.
5171 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5172 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5173 something like the following in your init file:
5175 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5176 \(load custom-file)
5178 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5179 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5181 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5182 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5183 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5184 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5185 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5187 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5188 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5189 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5190 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5191 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5192 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5193 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5194 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5195 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5196 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5198 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5200 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5201 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5203 \(fn)" nil nil)
5205 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5206 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5211 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5212 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5214 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5216 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5217 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5218 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5219 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5220 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5222 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5224 ;;;***
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5227 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19848
5228 ;;;;;; 8443))
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5231 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5232 Create or edit a custom theme.
5233 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5234 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5235 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5236 named *Custom Theme*.
5238 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5241 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5243 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5245 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5246 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5248 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5250 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5251 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5252 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5253 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5257 ;;;***
5259 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5260 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5261 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5263 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5264 Mode used for cvs status output.
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5268 ;;;***
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5271 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5274 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5275 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5277 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5279 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5280 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5281 C++ modes are included.
5283 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5287 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5288 Turn on CWarn mode.
5290 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5291 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5293 \(fn)" nil nil)
5295 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5296 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5297 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5300 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5302 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5304 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5305 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5306 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5307 ARG is positive.
5308 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5309 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5310 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5314 ;;;***
5316 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5317 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5318 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5319 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5321 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5322 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5324 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5326 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5327 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5329 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5331 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5332 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5333 For readability, the table is slightly
5334 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5336 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5337 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5338 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5339 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5340 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5342 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5344 ;;;***
5346 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5347 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5348 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5349 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5350 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5351 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5352 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5354 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5355 Completion on current word.
5356 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5357 and presents suggestions for completion.
5359 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5360 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5361 completions.
5363 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5364 then it searches *all* buffers.
5366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5368 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5369 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5371 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5372 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5373 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5374 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5375 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5377 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5378 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5380 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5381 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5382 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5384 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5385 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5387 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5391 ;;;***
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5394 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5397 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5398 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5400 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5402 ;;;***
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19845
5405 ;;;;;; 45374))
5406 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5408 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5409 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5410 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5411 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5412 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5414 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5416 ;;;***
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19845
5419 ;;;;;; 45374))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5422 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5423 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5425 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5426 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5427 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5429 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5430 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5431 Data lines are not indented.
5433 Key bindings:
5435 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5436 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5438 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5439 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5440 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5441 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5443 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5445 dcl-basic-offset
5446 Extra indentation within blocks.
5448 dcl-continuation-offset
5449 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5451 dcl-margin-offset
5452 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5454 dcl-margin-label-offset
5455 Indentation for a label.
5457 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5458 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5460 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5461 dcl-block-end-regexp
5462 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5463 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5464 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5465 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5466 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5468 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5469 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5470 Two such functions are included in the package:
5471 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5472 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5474 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5475 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5476 One such function is included in the package:
5477 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5479 dcl-tab-always-indent
5480 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5481 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5482 margin.
5484 dcl-electric-characters
5485 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5486 typed.
5488 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5489 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5490 which words trigger electric indentation.
5492 dcl-tempo-comma
5493 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5494 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5495 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5497 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5498 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5499 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5500 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5502 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5503 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5504 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5505 dcl-imenu-label-call
5506 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5508 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5509 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5510 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5511 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5514 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5516 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5517 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5518 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5519 $ i = 1
5520 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5521 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5522 $ label:
5523 $ if i.eq.1
5524 $ then
5525 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5526 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5527 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5528 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5529 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5530 \"lined up with the command line\"
5531 $ type sys$input
5532 Data lines are not indented at all.
5533 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5534 $ endif
5538 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5539 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5541 \(fn)" t nil)
5543 ;;;***
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5546 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19845 45374))
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5549 (setq debugger 'debug)
5551 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5552 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5553 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5554 of the evaluator.
5556 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5557 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5558 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5560 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5562 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5563 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5565 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5567 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5568 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5569 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5570 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5571 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5572 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5574 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5575 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5577 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5579 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5580 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5581 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5582 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5583 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5585 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5587 ;;;***
5589 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5590 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5593 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5594 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5596 \(fn)" t nil)
5598 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5599 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5600 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5601 Upper-case letters are commands.
5603 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5604 modify it.
5606 The most useful commands are:
5607 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5608 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5609 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5610 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5611 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5612 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5614 \(fn)" t nil)
5616 ;;;***
5618 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5619 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19845
5620 ;;;;;; 45374))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5623 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5624 Customization of `columns' group.
5626 \(fn)" t nil)
5628 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5629 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5631 START and END delimits the text region.
5633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5635 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5636 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5638 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5640 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5642 ;;;***
5644 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19845
5645 ;;;;;; 45374))
5646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5648 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5649 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5650 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5651 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5652 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5653 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5654 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5656 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5658 Customization:
5660 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5661 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5662 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5663 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5664 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5665 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5666 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5667 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5668 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5669 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5670 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5671 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5672 blank line.
5673 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5674 Directories to search when finding external units.
5675 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5676 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5678 Coloring:
5680 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5681 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5682 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5683 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5684 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5685 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5686 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5687 Face used to color everything else.
5689 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5690 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5692 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5694 ;;;***
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5697 ;;;;;; 45374))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5700 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5702 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5703 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5704 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5707 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5709 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5711 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5712 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5713 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5714 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5716 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5717 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5718 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5719 any selection.
5721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5723 ;;;***
5725 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5726 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19849 29307))
5727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5729 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5730 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5732 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5734 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5735 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5736 or nil if there is no parent.
5737 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5738 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5739 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5740 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5741 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5743 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5744 arguments are currently understood:
5745 :group GROUP
5746 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5747 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5748 :syntax-table TABLE
5749 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5750 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5751 :abbrev-table TABLE
5752 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5753 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5755 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5757 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5759 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5760 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5761 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5763 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5764 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5766 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5767 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5768 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5770 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5771 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5773 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5774 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5776 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5778 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5780 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5782 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5783 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5784 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5785 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5786 the first time the mode is used.
5788 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5790 ;;;***
5792 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5793 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19845 45374))
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5796 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5797 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5798 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5799 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5800 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5801 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5802 otherwise.
5804 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5806 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5807 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5808 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5809 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5810 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5811 character composition information (if relevant),
5812 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5814 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5816 ;;;***
5818 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5819 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5820 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5821 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19845 45374))
5822 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5824 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5825 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5826 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5828 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5830 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5831 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5832 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5833 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5834 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5835 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5839 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5840 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5841 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5842 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5844 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5846 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5847 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5848 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5850 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5851 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5852 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5854 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5855 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5857 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5858 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5859 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5861 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5862 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5863 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5864 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5866 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5868 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5869 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5871 Handlers are called with argument list
5873 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5875 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5877 desktop-file-version
5878 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5879 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5880 desktop-buffer-point
5881 desktop-buffer-mark
5882 desktop-buffer-read-only
5883 desktop-buffer-locals
5885 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5886 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5888 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5889 code like
5891 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5893 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5894 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5896 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5898 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5900 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5901 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5902 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5903 List elements must have the form
5905 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5907 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5908 function.
5910 Handlers are called with argument list
5912 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5914 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5916 desktop-file-version
5917 desktop-buffer-file-name
5918 desktop-buffer-name
5919 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5920 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5921 desktop-buffer-point
5922 desktop-buffer-mark
5923 desktop-buffer-read-only
5924 desktop-buffer-misc
5926 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5927 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5928 created and set.
5930 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5931 code like
5933 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5935 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5936 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5938 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5940 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5942 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5944 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5945 Empty the Desktop.
5946 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5947 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5948 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5950 \(fn)" t nil)
5952 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5953 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5954 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5955 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5956 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5958 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5960 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5961 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5962 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5964 \(fn)" t nil)
5966 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5967 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5968 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5969 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5970 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5971 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5972 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5973 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5975 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5977 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5978 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5979 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5981 \(fn)" nil nil)
5983 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5984 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5985 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5986 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5987 directory DIRNAME.
5989 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5991 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5992 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5994 \(fn)" t nil)
5996 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5997 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5999 \(fn)" t nil)
6001 ;;;***
6003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6004 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6005 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6008 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6009 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6010 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6011 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6012 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6013 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6015 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6017 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6018 Repair a broken attribution line.
6019 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6021 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6023 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6024 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6025 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6026 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6028 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6030 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6031 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6033 \(fn)" t nil)
6035 ;;;***
6037 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6038 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19845 45374))
6039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6041 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6042 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6043 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6044 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6045 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6049 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6050 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6051 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6052 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6054 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6055 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6056 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6057 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6059 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6060 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6062 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6063 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6064 calendar-date-style 'european
6065 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6067 \(diary-mail-entries)
6069 # diary-rem.el ends here
6071 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6074 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6078 ;;;***
6080 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6081 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19845 45374))
6082 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6084 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6085 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6087 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6089 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6090 The command to use to run diff.")
6092 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6094 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6095 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6096 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6097 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6098 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6099 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6101 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6102 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6103 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6105 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6107 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6108 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6109 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6110 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6111 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6112 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6114 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6116 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6117 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6118 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6122 ;;;***
6124 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6125 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6128 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6129 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6130 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6131 normal diffs.
6133 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6134 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6135 headers for you on-the-fly.
6137 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6138 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6139 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6141 \\{diff-mode-map}
6143 \(fn)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6146 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6147 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6151 ;;;***
6153 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6156 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6157 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6158 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6160 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6162 ;;;***
6164 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6165 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19865 50420))
6166 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6168 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6169 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6170 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6171 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6172 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6173 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6174 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6175 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6177 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6179 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6180 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6181 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6182 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6183 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6184 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6186 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6187 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6188 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6189 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6190 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6191 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6192 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6193 list of files to make directory entries for.
6194 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6195 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6196 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6197 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6199 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6201 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6202 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6204 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6205 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6207 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6208 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6210 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6211 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6213 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6216 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6218 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6220 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6221 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6222 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6223 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6224 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6225 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6226 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6227 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6228 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6229 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6230 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6231 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6232 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6233 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6234 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6235 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6236 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6237 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6238 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6239 to see why something went wrong.
6240 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6241 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6242 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6243 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6244 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6245 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6246 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6247 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6248 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6249 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6250 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6251 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6252 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6254 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6255 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6256 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6257 again for the directory tree.
6259 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6260 for more info):
6262 `dired-listing-switches'
6263 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6264 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6265 `dired-marker-char'
6266 `dired-del-marker'
6267 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6268 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6269 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6270 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6272 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6274 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6275 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6276 `dired-mode-hook'
6277 `dired-load-hook'
6279 Keybindings:
6280 \\{dired-mode-map}
6282 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6283 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6285 ;;;***
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6288 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6291 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6292 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6293 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6294 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6295 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6296 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6297 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6301 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6302 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6303 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6305 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6307 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6308 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6310 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6312 ;;;***
6314 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19863
6315 ;;;;;; 8742))
6316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6318 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6319 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6320 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6321 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6322 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6323 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6325 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6327 ;;;***
6329 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6330 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6331 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6332 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6333 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6334 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19845 45374))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6337 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6338 Return a new, empty display table.
6340 \(fn)" nil nil)
6342 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6343 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6344 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6345 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6346 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6348 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6350 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6351 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6352 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6353 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6354 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6356 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6358 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6359 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6361 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6363 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6364 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6366 \(fn)" t nil)
6368 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6369 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6371 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6372 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6374 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6375 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6376 byte.
6378 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6379 in the default way after this call.
6381 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6383 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6384 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6386 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6388 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6389 Display character C using printable string S.
6391 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6393 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6394 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6395 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6396 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6398 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6400 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6401 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6402 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6403 X frame.
6405 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6408 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6410 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6412 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6413 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6415 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6417 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6418 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6420 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6422 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6423 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6425 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6427 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6428 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6430 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6432 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6433 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6435 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6436 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6438 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6439 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6441 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6442 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6443 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6444 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6446 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6447 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6448 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6449 in `.emacs'.
6451 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6453 ;;;***
6455 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6456 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6457 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6459 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6460 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6461 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6462 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6463 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6464 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6465 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6466 Default is 2.
6468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6470 ;;;***
6472 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19845 45374))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6475 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6476 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6477 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6478 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6479 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6480 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6481 private or ask).
6482 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6483 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6484 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6485 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6486 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6488 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6490 ;;;***
6492 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6493 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6494 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6496 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6497 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6498 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6499 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6500 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6501 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6502 table and its own syntax table.
6504 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6507 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6509 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6510 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6512 \(fn)" t nil)
6514 ;;;***
6516 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6517 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19863
6518 ;;;;;; 8742))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6521 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6522 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6523 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6524 OpenDocument format).
6526 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6528 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6529 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6531 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6532 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6534 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6535 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6536 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6538 \(fn)" t nil)
6540 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6541 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6542 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6543 to the next best mode.
6545 \(fn)" nil nil)
6547 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6548 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6549 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6550 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6554 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6557 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6559 ;;;***
6561 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19845 45374))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6564 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6565 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6567 \(fn)" t nil)
6569 ;;;***
6571 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6572 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6574 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6575 Toggle Double mode.
6576 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6577 turn it off.
6579 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6580 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6584 ;;;***
6586 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6589 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6590 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6592 \(fn)" t nil)
6594 ;;;***
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6597 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6598 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6601 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6603 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6605 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6606 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6608 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6609 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6610 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6611 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6612 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6613 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6614 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6616 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6617 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6618 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6619 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6620 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6621 mode is global):
6623 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6624 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6625 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6626 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6627 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6628 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6629 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6630 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6631 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6632 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6633 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6634 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6635 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6636 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6637 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6638 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6639 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6641 For example, you could write
6642 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6643 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6644 ...BODY CODE...)
6646 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6648 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6650 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6652 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6653 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6654 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6655 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6656 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6657 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6658 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6659 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6660 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6661 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6662 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6663 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6665 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6666 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6667 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6668 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6669 call another major mode in their body.
6671 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6673 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6674 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6675 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6676 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6677 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6678 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6679 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6681 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6683 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6684 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6685 :inherit Parent keymap.
6686 :group Ignored.
6687 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6688 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6690 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6692 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6693 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6694 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6695 the constant's documentation.
6697 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6699 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6700 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6701 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6703 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6705 ;;;***
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6708 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6709 ;;;;;; 45374))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6712 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6713 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6715 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6716 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6717 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6719 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6720 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6722 :filter FUNCTION
6724 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6725 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6727 :visible INCLUDE
6729 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6730 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6732 :active ENABLE
6734 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6735 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6737 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6739 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6741 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6743 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6744 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6746 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6747 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6749 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6751 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6753 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6755 :keys KEYS
6757 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6758 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6759 computed automatically.
6760 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6762 :key-sequence KEYS
6764 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6765 menu item.
6766 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6767 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6768 keyboard equivalent.
6770 :active ENABLE
6772 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6773 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6775 :visible INCLUDE
6777 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6778 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6780 :label FORM
6782 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6783 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6785 :suffix FORM
6787 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6788 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6790 :style STYLE
6792 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6793 defined:
6795 toggle: A checkbox.
6796 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6797 radio: A radio button.
6798 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6799 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6800 menu bar itself.
6801 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6803 :selected SELECTED
6805 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6806 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6808 :help HELP
6810 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6812 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6813 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6814 as a solid horizontal line.
6816 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6818 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6820 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6822 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6825 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6827 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6828 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6829 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6830 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6832 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6834 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6835 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6836 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6837 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6838 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6839 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6841 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6842 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6843 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6845 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6846 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6847 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6849 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6850 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6852 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6854 ;;;***
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6857 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6858 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6859 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6860 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6861 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6862 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6863 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6866 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6867 Customization for ebnf group.
6869 \(fn)" t nil)
6871 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6872 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6874 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6876 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6877 processed.
6879 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6881 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6883 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6884 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6886 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6887 killed after process termination.
6889 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6891 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6893 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6894 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6896 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6897 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6898 it to the printer.
6900 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6901 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6902 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6903 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6905 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6909 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6911 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6913 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6914 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6916 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6918 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6919 processed.
6921 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6923 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6925 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6926 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6928 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6929 killed after process termination.
6931 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6933 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6935 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6936 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6937 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6938 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6940 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6942 \(fn)" t nil)
6944 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6945 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6946 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6948 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6950 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6952 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6953 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6955 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6957 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6958 processed.
6960 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6962 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6964 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6965 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6967 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6968 killed after EPS generation.
6970 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6972 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6974 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6975 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6977 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6978 The EPS file name has the following form:
6980 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6982 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6983 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6985 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6986 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6987 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6988 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6989 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6991 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6992 files.
6994 \(fn)" t nil)
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6999 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7000 The EPS file name has the following form:
7002 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7004 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7005 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7007 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7008 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7009 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7010 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7011 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7013 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7014 files.
7016 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7018 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7023 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7025 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7026 are processed.
7028 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7030 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7032 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7033 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7035 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7036 killed after syntax checking.
7038 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7040 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7042 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7043 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7045 \(fn)" t nil)
7047 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7048 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7050 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7055 \(fn)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7058 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7060 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7064 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7065 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7067 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7069 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7071 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7072 Delete style NAME.
7074 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7076 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7078 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7079 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7081 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7083 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7085 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7086 Set STYLE as the current style.
7088 Returns the old style symbol.
7090 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7092 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Reset current style.
7097 Returns the old style symbol.
7099 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7101 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7106 Returns the old style symbol.
7108 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7110 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7112 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7117 Returns the old style symbol.
7119 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7121 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7123 \(fn)" t nil)
7125 ;;;***
7127 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7128 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7129 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7130 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7131 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7132 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7133 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7134 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7135 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7136 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7137 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19845
7138 ;;;;;; 45374))
7139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7142 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7143 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7144 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7145 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7146 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7148 Tree mode key bindings:
7149 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7154 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7156 \(fn)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7159 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7161 \(fn)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7164 View declaration of member at point.
7166 \(fn)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7169 Find declaration of member at point.
7171 \(fn)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7174 View definition of member at point.
7176 \(fn)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7179 Find definition of member at point.
7181 \(fn)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7184 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7186 \(fn)" t nil)
7188 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7189 View definition of member at point in other window.
7191 \(fn)" t nil)
7193 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7194 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7196 \(fn)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7199 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7201 \(fn)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7204 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7206 \(fn)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7209 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7214 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7215 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7216 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7217 completion.
7219 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7222 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7223 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7224 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7226 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7229 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7230 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7231 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7233 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7236 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7237 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7242 Search for call sites of a member.
7243 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7244 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7245 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7246 looks like a function call to the member.
7248 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7251 Move backward in the position stack.
7252 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7257 Move forward in the position stack.
7258 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7262 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7263 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7268 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7273 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7274 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7275 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7277 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7280 Display statistics for a class tree.
7282 \(fn)" t nil)
7284 ;;;***
7286 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7287 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7290 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7291 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7292 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7293 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7295 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7296 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7297 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7299 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7300 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7301 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7303 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7305 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7307 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7309 ;;;***
7311 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7312 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19845 45374))
7313 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7315 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7316 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7317 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7319 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7321 ;;;***
7323 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7327 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7330 \(fn)" nil nil)
7332 ;;;***
7334 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19845 45374))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7337 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7338 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7339 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7342 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7344 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7346 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7347 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7348 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7349 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7351 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7352 an EDE controlled project.
7354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7356 ;;;***
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7359 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7360 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19863 8742))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7363 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7364 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7365 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7366 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7367 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7369 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7370 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7371 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7372 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7374 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7376 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7377 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7378 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7379 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7381 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7383 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7384 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7385 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7386 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7388 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7390 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7392 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7393 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7394 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7395 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7396 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7398 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7399 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7400 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7401 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7402 instrumented for Edebug.
7404 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7405 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7406 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7407 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7408 already is one.)
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7413 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7418 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7422 ;;;***
7424 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7425 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7426 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7428 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7429 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7430 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7431 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7432 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7433 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19845 45374))
7434 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7436 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7439 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7442 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7444 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7446 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7448 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7450 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7451 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7452 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7453 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7458 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7459 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7460 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7462 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7465 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7467 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7469 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7471 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7472 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7474 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7476 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7478 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7479 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7480 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7481 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7483 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7485 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7487 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7488 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7489 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7490 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7492 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7494 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7496 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7497 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7498 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7499 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7501 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7503 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7506 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7507 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7508 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7510 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7512 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7514 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7515 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7516 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7517 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7518 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7519 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7521 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7523 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7524 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7525 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7526 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7528 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7530 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7532 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7533 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7534 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7535 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7537 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7539 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7541 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7543 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7544 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7545 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7546 follows:
7547 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7548 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7550 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7552 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7553 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7554 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7555 follows:
7556 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7557 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7559 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7562 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7563 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7564 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7565 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7567 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7571 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7572 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7573 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7574 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7576 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7578 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7580 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7581 Merge two files without ancestor.
7583 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7585 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7586 Merge two files with ancestor.
7588 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7590 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7592 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7593 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7598 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7600 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7602 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7604 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7605 buffer.
7607 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7609 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7610 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7611 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7612 buffer.
7614 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7616 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7618 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7619 and don't ask the user.
7620 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7621 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7623 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7625 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7627 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7628 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7629 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7630 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7631 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7632 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7634 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7636 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7638 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7640 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7641 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7642 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7643 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7644 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7646 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7648 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7650 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7651 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7652 When called interactively, displays the version.
7654 \(fn)" t nil)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7657 Display Ediff's manual.
7658 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7660 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7662 ;;;***
7664 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7665 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7668 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7671 \(fn)" t nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7676 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7679 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7680 Display Ediff's registry.
7682 \(fn)" t nil)
7684 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7686 ;;;***
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7689 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19845 45374))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7692 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7693 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7694 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7695 which see.
7697 \(fn)" t nil)
7699 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7700 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7701 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7702 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7704 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 ;;;***
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7709 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7710 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7713 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7714 Edit a keyboard macro.
7715 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7716 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7717 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7718 its command name.
7719 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7721 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7723 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7724 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7726 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7728 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7729 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7731 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7733 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7734 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7735 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7736 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7737 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7738 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7740 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7741 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7742 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7743 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7745 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7747 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7748 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7749 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7750 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7751 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7752 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7754 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7756 ;;;***
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7759 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7762 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7763 Set scroll margins.
7764 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7765 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7767 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7770 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7772 \(fn)" t nil)
7774 ;;;***
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7777 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7780 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7781 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7782 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7783 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7784 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7785 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7786 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7788 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7789 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7791 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7792 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7793 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7794 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7796 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7797 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7798 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7800 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7801 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7802 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7804 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7806 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7809 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7811 ;;;***
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7814 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7817 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7818 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7820 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7822 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7823 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7824 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7825 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7826 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7827 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7828 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7830 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7835 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7837 \(fn)" t nil)
7839 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7840 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7841 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7842 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7843 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7844 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7845 arg list.
7847 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7848 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7849 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7850 effect.
7852 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7853 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7855 ;;;***
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7858 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19845 45374))
7859 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7861 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7862 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7864 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7865 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7866 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7869 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7871 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7873 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7874 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7875 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7879 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7880 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7881 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7884 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7886 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7888 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7889 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7893 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7894 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7895 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7898 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7900 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7902 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7903 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7907 ;;;***
7909 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
7910 ;;;;;; 45374))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7913 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7914 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7916 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7917 an elided material again.
7919 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7923 ;;;***
7925 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7926 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7927 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7930 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7931 Lint the file FILE.
7933 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7935 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7936 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7937 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7939 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7941 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7942 Lint the current buffer.
7943 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7945 \(fn)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7948 Lint the function at point.
7949 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7953 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7954 Initialize elint.
7955 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7956 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7958 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7960 ;;;***
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7963 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19845
7964 ;;;;;; 45374))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7967 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7968 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7969 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7971 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7974 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7975 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7976 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7978 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7980 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7981 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7982 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7984 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7986 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7988 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7989 Display current profiling results.
7990 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7991 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7992 displayed.
7994 \(fn)" t nil)
7996 ;;;***
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7999 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8002 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8003 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8004 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8006 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8008 ;;;***
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8011 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8012 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8013 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8014 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8017 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8018 Run Emerge on two files.
8020 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8022 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8023 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8025 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8027 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8028 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8030 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8032 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8033 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8035 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8037 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8040 \(fn)" nil nil)
8042 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8045 \(fn)" nil nil)
8047 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8050 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8052 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8055 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8057 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8058 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8060 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8062 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8063 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8065 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8067 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8070 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8072 ;;;***
8074 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8075 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8078 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8079 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8080 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8081 text/enriched format.
8082 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8084 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8085 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8087 Commands:
8089 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8093 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8096 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8098 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8101 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8103 ;;;***
8105 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8106 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8107 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8108 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8109 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8110 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19865
8111 ;;;;;; 50420))
8112 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8114 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8115 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8117 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8120 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8122 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8124 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8125 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8126 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8127 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8128 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8129 the keys are listed.
8130 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8132 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8134 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8135 Decrypt FILE.
8137 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8139 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8140 Verify FILE.
8142 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8145 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8147 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8149 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8150 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8152 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8155 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8157 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8158 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8159 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8160 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8161 should consider using the string based counterpart
8162 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8163 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8165 For example:
8167 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8168 (decode-coding-string
8169 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8170 'utf-8))
8172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8175 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8177 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8178 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8180 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8182 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8183 Verify the current region between START and END.
8185 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8186 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8187 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8188 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8189 should consider using the string based counterpart
8190 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8191 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8193 For example:
8195 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8196 (decode-coding-string
8197 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8198 'utf-8))
8200 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8202 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8203 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8204 between START and END.
8206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8207 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8212 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8214 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8215 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8216 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8217 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8218 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8219 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8221 For example:
8223 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8224 (epg-sign-string
8225 context
8226 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8228 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8230 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8231 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8234 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8235 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8236 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8237 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8238 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8240 For example:
8242 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8243 (epg-encrypt-string
8244 context
8245 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8246 nil))
8248 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8250 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8251 Delete selected KEYS.
8253 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8256 Import keys from FILE.
8258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8261 Import keys from the region.
8263 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8266 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8267 between START and END.
8269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8272 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8274 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8276 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8277 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8279 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8281 ;;;***
8283 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8284 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8287 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8288 Decrypt marked files.
8290 \(fn)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8293 Verify marked files.
8295 \(fn)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8298 Sign marked files.
8300 \(fn)" t nil)
8302 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8303 Encrypt marked files.
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8307 ;;;***
8309 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8310 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19865 50420))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8313 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8316 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8318 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8321 \(fn)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8328 ;;;***
8330 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8331 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8332 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19865 50420))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8335 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8336 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8340 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8341 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8342 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8344 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8346 \(fn)" t nil)
8348 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8349 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8350 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8352 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8354 \(fn)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8357 Sign the current buffer.
8358 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8360 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8362 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8364 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8365 Encrypt the current buffer.
8366 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8368 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8370 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8373 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8374 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8376 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8378 \(fn)" t nil)
8380 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8381 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8382 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8385 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8387 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8389 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8390 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8394 ;;;***
8396 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19865 50420))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8399 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8400 Return a context object.
8402 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8404 ;;;***
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8407 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8410 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8411 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8416 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8418 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8420 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8421 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8423 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8425 ;;;***
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19845 45374))
8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8431 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8432 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8434 \(fn)" nil nil)
8436 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8437 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8438 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8440 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8442 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8443 (server (erc-compute-server))
8444 (port (erc-compute-port))
8445 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8446 password
8447 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8449 That is, if called with
8451 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8453 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8454 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8455 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8457 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8459 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8461 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8462 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8463 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8464 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8466 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8468 ;;;***
8470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8471 ;;;;;; 45374))
8472 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8473 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8475 ;;;***
8477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19845 45374))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8481 ;;;***
8483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8485 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8487 ;;;***
8489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8491 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8493 ;;;***
8495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8496 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19845 45374))
8497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8498 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8500 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8501 Parser for /dcc command.
8502 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8503 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8504 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8506 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8508 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8509 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8511 \(fn)" nil nil)
8513 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8514 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8516 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8517 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8518 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8519 that subcommand.
8521 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8523 ;;;***
8525 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8526 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8527 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8528 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8529 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8532 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8533 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8535 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8537 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8538 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8539 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8540 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8542 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8544 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8547 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8549 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8550 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8552 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8554 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8555 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8557 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8559 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8560 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8562 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8564 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8565 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8567 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8569 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8570 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8572 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8574 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8575 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8577 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8579 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8580 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8582 \(fn)" nil nil)
8584 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8585 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8587 \(fn)" nil nil)
8589 ;;;***
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8592 ;;;;;; 45374))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8594 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8596 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8597 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8598 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8600 \(fn)" nil nil)
8602 ;;;***
8604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19845
8605 ;;;;;; 45374))
8606 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8607 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8609 ;;;***
8611 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8612 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8614 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8616 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8617 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8618 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8619 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8620 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8621 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8622 system.
8624 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8626 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8629 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8631 ;;;***
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8634 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8637 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8640 \(fn)" nil nil)
8642 ;;;***
8644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8646 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8648 ;;;***
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8652 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8654 ;;;***
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8657 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8659 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8661 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8662 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8663 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8664 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8665 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8666 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8668 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8670 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8671 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8672 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8673 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8675 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8676 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8677 automatically.
8679 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8680 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8682 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8684 ;;;***
8686 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8687 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8688 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8691 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8693 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8694 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8698 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8699 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8701 \(fn)" t nil)
8703 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8704 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8708 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8709 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8711 \(fn)" t nil)
8713 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8714 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8719 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8723 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8724 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8728 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8729 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8731 \(fn)" t nil)
8733 ;;;***
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8746 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8747 Show who's gone.
8749 \(fn)" nil nil)
8751 ;;;***
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8754 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8757 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8758 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8759 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8760 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8762 \(fn)" nil nil)
8764 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8765 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8767 \(fn)" t nil)
8769 ;;;***
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8772 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8776 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8777 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8778 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8779 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8781 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8783 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8786 \(fn)" nil nil)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8792 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8794 ;;;***
8796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19845
8797 ;;;;;; 45374))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8799 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8801 ;;;***
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8805 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8807 ;;;***
8809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8811 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8813 ;;;***
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8816 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8818 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8820 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8821 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8823 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8825 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8826 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8827 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8829 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8831 ;;;***
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
8834 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8835 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8837 ;;;***
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8840 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8843 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8844 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8845 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8847 \(fn)" t nil)
8849 ;;;***
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
8852 ;;;;;; 45374))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8856 ;;;***
8858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8862 ;;;***
8864 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8866 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8868 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8869 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8870 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8872 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8874 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8875 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8876 mode line.
8878 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8879 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8880 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8883 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8885 ;;;***
8887 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8888 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
8889 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8890 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8892 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8893 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8894 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8895 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8897 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8899 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8900 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8901 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8903 \(fn)" t nil)
8905 ;;;***
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8908 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8912 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8913 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
8920 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
8921 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
8924 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
8925 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
8927 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
8928 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
8930 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
8931 assertions in BODY.
8933 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
8935 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
8936 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
8937 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
8939 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
8941 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
8943 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
8945 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
8947 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8949 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
8950 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
8952 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
8953 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
8954 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
8955 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
8957 Returns the stats object.
8959 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8961 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
8962 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
8964 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
8965 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
8966 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
8967 the tests).
8969 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8971 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
8972 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
8974 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
8975 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
8976 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
8977 and how to display message.
8979 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
8981 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
8983 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
8984 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
8986 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
8988 ;;;***
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
8991 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
8994 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8996 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
8997 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9001 ;;;***
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19845
9004 ;;;;;; 45374))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9007 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9008 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9010 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9012 \(fn)" nil nil)
9014 ;;;***
9016 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9017 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9020 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9021 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9022 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9023 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9024 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9025 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9026 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9027 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9028 buffer selected (or created).
9030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9032 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9033 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9034 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9036 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9038 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9039 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9040 The result might be any Lisp object.
9041 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9042 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9043 corresponding to a successful execution.
9045 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9049 ;;;***
9051 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9052 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9053 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9054 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9055 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9056 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9057 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9058 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9062 *File name of tags table.
9063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9070 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9077 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9078 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9086 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9088 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9089 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9090 `auto-compression-mode').")
9092 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9094 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9095 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9096 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9097 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9098 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9100 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9102 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9103 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9104 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9105 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9107 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9109 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9110 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9111 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9112 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9113 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9115 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9117 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9118 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9120 \(fn)" t nil)
9122 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9123 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9124 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9125 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9127 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9128 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9129 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9130 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9131 file the tag was in.
9133 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9135 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9136 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9137 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9138 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9139 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9140 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9141 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9142 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9143 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9145 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9148 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9149 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9150 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9151 without directory names.
9153 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9155 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9156 (progn
9157 (load "etags")
9158 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9160 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9161 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9162 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9163 but does not select the buffer.
9164 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9166 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9167 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9168 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9169 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9170 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9172 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9174 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9175 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9176 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9178 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9180 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9182 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9183 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9184 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9185 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9187 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9188 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9189 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9190 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9191 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9193 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9195 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9196 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9197 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9199 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9201 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9202 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9204 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9205 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9206 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9207 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9208 around or before point.
9210 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9211 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9212 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9213 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9214 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9216 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9218 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9219 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9220 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9222 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9224 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9225 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9227 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9228 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9229 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9230 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9231 around or before point.
9233 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9234 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9235 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9236 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9237 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9239 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9241 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9242 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9243 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9245 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9247 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9248 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9250 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9251 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9252 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9254 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9255 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9256 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9257 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9258 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9260 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9262 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9263 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9264 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9266 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9268 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9269 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9270 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9272 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9273 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9275 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9276 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9277 where they were found.
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9281 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9282 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9284 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9285 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9286 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9288 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9289 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9291 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9292 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9294 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9296 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9297 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9298 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9299 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9301 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9302 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9303 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9304 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9305 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9307 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9308 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9310 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9311 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9312 Stops when a match is found.
9313 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9315 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9317 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9319 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9320 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9321 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9322 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9323 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9324 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9325 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9326 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9328 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9329 produce the list of files to search.
9331 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9333 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9335 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9336 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9337 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9338 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9339 directory specification.
9341 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9343 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9344 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9346 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9348 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9349 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9350 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9351 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9353 \(fn)" t nil)
9355 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9356 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9357 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9358 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9359 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9361 \(fn)" t nil)
9363 ;;;***
9365 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9366 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9367 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9368 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9369 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9370 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9371 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9372 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9375 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9378 \(fn)" nil nil)
9380 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9381 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9383 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9384 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9386 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9387 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9388 primary language.
9390 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9391 even if the buffer is read-only.
9393 See also the descriptions of the variables
9394 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9396 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9398 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9399 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9401 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9402 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9404 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9405 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9406 primary language.
9408 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9409 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9411 See also the descriptions of the variables
9412 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9414 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9416 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9417 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9418 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9419 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9421 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9423 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9424 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9425 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9426 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9428 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9429 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9430 primary language.
9432 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9433 buffer is read-only.
9435 See also the descriptions of the variables
9436 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9437 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9439 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9441 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9442 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9444 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9445 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9447 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9448 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9449 the primary language.
9451 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9452 buffer is read-only.
9454 See also the descriptions of the variables
9455 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9456 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9458 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9460 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9461 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9462 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9464 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9466 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9467 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9469 \(fn)" t nil)
9471 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9472 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9474 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9475 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9476 be 1, 2, or 3.
9478 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9479 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9480 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9482 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9484 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9486 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9487 This function is deprecated.
9489 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9491 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9492 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9494 \(fn)" t nil)
9496 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9497 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9499 \(fn)" t nil)
9501 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9502 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9504 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9505 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9507 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9508 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9510 \(fn)" nil nil)
9512 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9513 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9515 \(fn)" nil nil)
9517 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9518 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9520 \(fn)" nil nil)
9522 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9523 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9525 \(fn)" nil nil)
9527 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9528 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9529 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9533 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9536 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9538 ;;;***
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9541 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9545 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9546 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9547 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9548 server for future sessions.
9550 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9552 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9553 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9554 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9556 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9559 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9560 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9562 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9564 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9565 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9566 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9567 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9568 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9569 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9570 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9571 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9572 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9573 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9574 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9575 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9577 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9579 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9580 Display a form to query the directory server.
9581 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9582 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9584 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9586 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9587 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9588 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9590 \(fn)" t nil)
9592 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9594 ;;;***
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9597 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9598 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9599 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9601 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9602 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9604 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9606 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9607 Display URL and make it clickable.
9609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9611 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9612 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9614 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9616 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9617 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9619 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9621 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9622 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9624 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9626 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9627 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9629 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9631 ;;;***
9633 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9634 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19845 45374))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9637 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9638 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9639 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9641 \(fn)" t nil)
9643 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9644 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9646 \(fn)" t nil)
9648 ;;;***
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9651 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9654 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9655 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9657 \(fn)" t nil)
9659 ;;;***
9661 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9662 ;;;;;; 45374))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9665 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9666 Create an empty ewoc.
9668 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9670 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9671 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9672 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9673 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9674 `insert-before-markers'.
9676 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9677 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9678 respectively, of the ewoc.
9680 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9681 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9682 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9684 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9686 ;;;***
9688 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9689 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9690 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9691 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9694 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9695 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9696 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9698 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9700 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9701 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9702 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9703 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9704 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9706 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9709 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9710 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9711 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9712 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9713 executable.
9715 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9718 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9719 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9721 \(fn)" t nil)
9723 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9724 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9725 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9726 file modes.
9728 \(fn)" nil nil)
9730 ;;;***
9732 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9733 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9734 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9735 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9737 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9738 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9739 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9740 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9742 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9744 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9745 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9746 to generate such functions.
9748 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9749 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9750 beginning of the expanded text.
9752 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9753 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9754 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9755 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9757 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9759 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9761 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9762 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9763 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9765 \(fn)" nil nil)
9767 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9768 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9769 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9771 \(fn)" t nil)
9773 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9774 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9775 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9777 \(fn)" t nil)
9778 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9779 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9781 ;;;***
9783 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19860 32495))
9784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9786 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9787 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9788 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9790 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9791 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9792 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9794 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9796 Key definitions:
9797 \\{f90-mode-map}
9799 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9801 `f90-do-indent'
9802 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9803 `f90-if-indent'
9804 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9805 `f90-type-indent'
9806 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9807 `f90-program-indent'
9808 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9809 (default 2).
9810 `f90-continuation-indent'
9811 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9812 `f90-comment-region'
9813 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9814 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9815 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9816 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9817 (default \"!\").
9818 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9819 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9820 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9821 `f90-break-delimiters'
9822 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9823 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9824 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9825 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9826 (default t).
9827 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9828 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9829 `f90-smart-end'
9830 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9831 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9832 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9833 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9834 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9835 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9836 `f90-leave-line-no'
9837 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9839 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9840 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9842 \(fn)" t nil)
9844 ;;;***
9846 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9847 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9848 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9849 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
9850 ;;;;;; 45374))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9853 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9854 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9856 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9857 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9859 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9860 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9861 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9862 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9863 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9864 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9865 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9867 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9868 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9869 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9871 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9873 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9874 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9876 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9878 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9879 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9880 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9881 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9882 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9883 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9885 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9887 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9888 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9889 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9891 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9892 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9893 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9894 the same amount).
9896 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9898 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9899 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9900 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9902 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9903 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9904 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9905 will remove any scaling currently active.
9907 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9910 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9911 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9913 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9914 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9915 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9916 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9917 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9919 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9920 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9922 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9923 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9925 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9926 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9927 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9929 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9930 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9931 is one of the above.
9933 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9934 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9935 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9936 will remove any scaling currently active.
9938 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9939 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9940 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9941 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9942 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9944 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9946 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9947 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9948 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9949 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9953 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9954 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9955 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9956 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9957 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9959 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9960 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9962 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9964 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9965 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9966 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9967 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9969 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9970 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9971 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9972 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9974 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9975 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9977 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9979 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9980 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9981 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9982 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9986 ;;;***
9988 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9989 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9990 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19845 45374))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9993 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9994 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9995 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9996 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9998 \(fn)" nil nil)
10000 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10001 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10005 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10006 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10007 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10008 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10013 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10014 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10015 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10016 backup file names and the like).
10018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10020 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10021 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10022 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10023 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10024 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10025 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10026 internally by feedmail):
10028 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10029 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10030 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10031 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10033 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10034 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10035 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10036 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10037 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10039 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10041 ;;;***
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10044 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10047 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10048 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10049 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10050 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10051 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10052 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10053 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10055 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10057 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10058 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10059 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10060 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10061 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10062 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10063 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10065 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10067 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10069 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10070 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10071 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10072 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10073 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10074 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10076 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10078 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10079 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10080 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10081 Return value:
10082 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10083 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10084 * otherwise, nil
10086 \(fn E)" t nil)
10088 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10089 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10090 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10092 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10094 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10095 Try to get a file name at point.
10096 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10098 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10099 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10101 \(fn)" t nil)
10103 ;;;***
10105 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10106 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10107 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10108 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10111 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10112 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10113 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10114 be added to the cache.
10116 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10119 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10120 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10121 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10122 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10124 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10126 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10127 Add FILE to the file cache.
10129 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10131 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10132 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10133 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10135 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10137 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10138 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10139 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10141 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10144 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10145 This function does not use any external programs.
10146 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10147 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10148 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10150 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10152 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10153 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10154 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10155 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10156 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10157 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10158 \(directories) is done.
10160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10162 ;;;***
10164 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10165 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10166 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10167 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10168 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19845 45374))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10171 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10172 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10174 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10175 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10176 Local Variables list.
10178 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10179 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10180 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10182 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10184 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10185 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10187 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10189 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10190 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10192 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10193 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10194 the -*- line.
10196 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10197 then this function adds it.
10199 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10201 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10202 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10204 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10207 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10209 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10211 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10212 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10214 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10217 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10219 \(fn)" t nil)
10221 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10222 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10224 \(fn)" t nil)
10226 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10227 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10229 \(fn)" t nil)
10231 ;;;***
10233 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10234 ;;;;;; 45374))
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10237 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10238 Filesets initialization.
10239 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10241 \(fn)" nil nil)
10243 ;;;***
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10248 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10249 Initiate the building of a find command.
10250 For example:
10252 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10253 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10254 (mtime \"+1\"))
10255 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10257 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10258 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10260 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10262 ;;;***
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10265 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19864 29553))
10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10268 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10269 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10270 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10272 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10274 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10275 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10277 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10279 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10280 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10281 and run dired on those files.
10282 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10283 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10285 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10287 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10290 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10291 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10293 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10294 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10296 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10297 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10299 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10301 ;;;***
10303 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10304 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10305 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10306 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10308 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10309 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10310 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10311 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10312 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10313 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10314 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10316 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10317 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10318 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10320 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10322 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10324 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10326 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10327 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10328 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10330 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10331 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10333 Variables of interest include:
10335 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10336 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10337 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10339 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10340 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10341 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10343 - `ff-ignore-include'
10344 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10346 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10347 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10349 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10350 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10352 - `ff-special-constructs'
10353 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10354 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10355 extracting the filename from that construct.
10357 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10358 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10360 - `ff-search-directories'
10361 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10362 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10364 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10365 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10367 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10368 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10370 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10371 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10373 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10374 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10376 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10377 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10379 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10381 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10382 Visit the file you click on.
10384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10387 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10391 ;;;***
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10394 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10395 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10396 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10397 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10398 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10399 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19845 45374))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10402 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10403 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10404 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10406 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10408 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10409 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10410 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10411 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10413 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10414 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10415 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10416 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10418 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10420 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10421 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10423 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10424 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10425 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10426 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10428 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10429 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10430 in `load-path'.
10432 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10434 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10435 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10437 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10438 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10439 places point before the definition.
10440 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10442 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10443 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10444 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10446 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10449 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10451 See `find-function' for more details.
10453 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10455 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10456 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10458 See `find-function' for more details.
10460 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10462 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10463 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10465 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10466 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10467 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10469 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10470 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10472 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10474 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10475 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10477 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10478 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10479 places point before the definition.
10481 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10483 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10484 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10485 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10487 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10490 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10492 See `find-variable' for more details.
10494 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10497 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10499 See `find-variable' for more details.
10501 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10503 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10504 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10505 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10506 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10507 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10508 buffer nor display it.
10510 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10511 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10513 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10515 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10516 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10518 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10519 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10520 places point before the definition.
10522 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10524 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10525 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10526 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10528 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10531 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10532 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10534 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10536 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10537 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10539 \(fn)" t nil)
10541 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10542 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10544 \(fn)" t nil)
10546 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10547 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10549 \(fn)" nil nil)
10551 ;;;***
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10554 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10557 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10558 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10560 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10563 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10565 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10567 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10568 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10570 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10572 ;;;***
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10575 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19845 45374))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10578 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10579 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10581 \(fn)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10584 Display FILE's commentary section.
10585 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10589 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10590 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10594 ;;;***
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10597 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10600 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10601 Toggle flow control handling.
10602 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10603 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10605 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10608 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10609 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10610 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10611 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10612 to get the effect of a C-q.
10614 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10616 ;;;***
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10619 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10622 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10625 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10627 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10630 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10632 ;;;***
10634 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10635 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19845 45374))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10638 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10639 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10640 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10641 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10645 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10646 Turn flymake mode on.
10648 \(fn)" nil nil)
10650 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10651 Turn flymake mode off.
10653 \(fn)" nil nil)
10655 ;;;***
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10658 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10659 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19865 50420))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10662 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10663 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10665 \(fn)" t nil)
10666 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10668 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10669 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10670 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10671 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10672 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10673 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10674 otherwise turn it off.
10676 Bindings:
10677 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10678 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10679 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10680 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10682 Hooks:
10683 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10685 Remark:
10686 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10687 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10688 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10690 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10691 consider adding:
10692 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10693 in your .emacs file.
10695 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10696 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10700 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10701 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10703 \(fn)" nil nil)
10705 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10706 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10708 \(fn)" nil nil)
10710 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10711 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10713 \(fn)" nil nil)
10715 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10716 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10718 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10720 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10721 Flyspell whole buffer.
10723 \(fn)" t nil)
10725 ;;;***
10727 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10728 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10729 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10732 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10733 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10735 \(fn)" nil nil)
10737 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10738 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10740 \(fn)" nil nil)
10742 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10743 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10745 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10746 of two major techniques:
10748 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10749 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10750 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10752 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10753 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10754 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10755 movement commands.
10757 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10758 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10759 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10760 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10761 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10762 mileage may vary).
10764 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10765 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10767 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10769 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10770 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10771 \(This is the default.)
10773 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10775 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10776 \\{follow-mode-map}
10778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10780 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10781 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10783 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10784 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10785 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10786 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10787 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10788 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10790 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10791 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10792 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10794 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10795 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10796 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10800 ;;;***
10802 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19845
10803 ;;;;;; 45374))
10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10806 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10807 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10808 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10809 started, play around with the following keys:
10810 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10814 ;;;***
10816 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10817 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19845 45374))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10820 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10821 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10823 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10824 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10825 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10826 C-c < forms-first-record <
10827 C-c > forms-last-record >
10828 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10829 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10830 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10831 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10832 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10833 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10834 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10835 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10836 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10837 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10839 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10841 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10842 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10844 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10846 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10847 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10849 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10851 ;;;***
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10854 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10857 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10858 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10859 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10861 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10862 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10864 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10866 Key definitions:
10867 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10869 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10871 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10872 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10873 `fortran-do-indent'
10874 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10875 `fortran-if-indent'
10876 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10877 `fortran-structure-indent'
10878 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10879 (default 3)
10880 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10881 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10882 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10883 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10884 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10885 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10886 nil don't change the indentation
10887 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10888 value of either
10889 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10890 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10891 depending on the continuation format in use.
10892 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10893 indentation for a line of code.
10894 (default 'fixed)
10895 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10896 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10897 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10898 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10899 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10900 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10901 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10902 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10903 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10904 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10905 column 5.
10906 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10907 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10908 statements (default nil).
10909 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10910 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10911 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10912 `fortran-continuation-string'
10913 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10914 line (default \"$\").
10915 `fortran-comment-region'
10916 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10917 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10918 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10919 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10920 as typed (default t).
10921 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10922 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10924 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10925 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10927 \(fn)" t nil)
10929 ;;;***
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10932 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19845 45374))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10935 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10936 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10938 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10939 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10941 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10943 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10944 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10946 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10947 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10949 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10952 Compile fortune file.
10954 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10955 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10957 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10959 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10960 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10962 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10963 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10964 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10965 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10967 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10969 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10970 Display a fortune cookie.
10971 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10972 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10973 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10974 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10976 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10981 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10984 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10985 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10987 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10989 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10990 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10991 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10992 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10994 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10995 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10996 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10997 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10999 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11000 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11001 shown in some of the buffers.
11003 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11005 The following commands help control operation :
11007 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11008 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11010 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11011 detailed description of this mode.
11014 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11015 | GDB Toolbar |
11016 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11017 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11018 | | |
11019 | | |
11020 | | |
11021 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11022 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11023 | | (comint-mode) |
11024 | | |
11025 | | |
11026 | | |
11027 | | |
11028 | | |
11029 | | |
11030 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11031 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11032 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11033 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11034 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11035 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11037 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11039 ;;;***
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11042 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11043 ;;;;;; 45374))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11046 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11047 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11048 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11049 instead (which see).")
11051 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11052 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11054 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11055 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11056 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11057 documentation string instead.
11059 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11060 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11061 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11062 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11063 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11064 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11065 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11066 enders are actually possible.
11068 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11069 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11071 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11072 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11073 `font-lock-keywords'.
11075 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11076 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11077 runs the macro expansion.
11079 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11080 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11081 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11083 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11085 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11087 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11089 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11090 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11092 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11094 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11095 Enter generic mode MODE.
11097 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11098 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11099 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11101 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11102 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11104 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11106 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11107 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11108 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11109 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11110 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11111 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11112 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11113 `font-lock-keywords'.
11115 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11117 ;;;***
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11120 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11123 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11124 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11125 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11126 at places they belong to.
11128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11130 ;;;***
11132 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11133 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11134 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11137 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11138 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11139 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11141 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11143 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11144 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11146 Guideline for numbers:
11147 1 - error messages
11148 3 - non-serious error messages
11149 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11150 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11151 9 - messages inside loops.
11153 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11155 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11156 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11157 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11159 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11161 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11162 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11164 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11166 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11167 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11169 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11170 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11171 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11172 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11173 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11174 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11176 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11177 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11178 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11179 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11180 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11182 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11184 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11186 ;;;***
11188 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11189 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19860 32495))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11191 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11192 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11194 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11195 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11199 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11200 Read network news.
11201 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11202 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11203 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11204 name of an NNTP server to use.
11205 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11206 server.
11208 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11210 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11211 Read news as a slave.
11213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11215 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11216 Pop up a frame to read news.
11217 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11218 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11219 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11220 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11221 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11222 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11223 current display is used.
11225 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11228 Read network news.
11229 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11230 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11231 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11233 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11235 ;;;***
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11238 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11239 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11240 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11241 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19860 32495))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11245 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11246 Start Gnus unplugged.
11248 \(fn)" t nil)
11250 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11251 Start Gnus plugged.
11253 \(fn)" t nil)
11255 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11256 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11260 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11261 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11263 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11264 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11265 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11267 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11268 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11269 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11273 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11274 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11276 \(fn)" nil nil)
11278 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11279 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11280 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11281 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11282 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11283 supported.
11285 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11287 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11288 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11289 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11290 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11291 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11292 supported.
11294 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11296 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11297 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11299 \(fn)" nil nil)
11301 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11302 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11303 downloaded into the agent.
11305 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11307 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11308 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11309 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11310 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11312 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11314 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11315 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11317 \(fn)" t nil)
11319 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11320 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11322 \(fn)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11325 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11326 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11328 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11330 ;;;***
11332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11333 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
11334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11336 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11337 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11339 \(fn)" nil nil)
11341 ;;;***
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11344 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11347 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11348 Set a bookmark for this article.
11350 \(fn)" t nil)
11352 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11353 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11355 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11357 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11358 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11359 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11360 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11361 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11365 ;;;***
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11368 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11369 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11370 ;;;;;; 45374))
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11373 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11374 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11376 Usage:
11377 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11379 \(fn)" t nil)
11381 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11382 Generate the cache active file.
11384 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11386 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11387 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11389 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11391 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11392 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11393 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11394 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11395 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11396 supported.
11398 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11400 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11401 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11402 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11403 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11404 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11405 supported.
11407 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11409 ;;;***
11411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11412 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19845 45374))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11415 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11416 Delay this article by some time.
11417 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11419 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11420 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11422 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11423 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11425 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11426 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11428 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11430 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11431 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11433 \(fn)" t nil)
11435 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11436 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11437 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11438 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11440 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11441 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11443 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11445 ;;;***
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11448 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11451 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11454 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11456 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11459 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11461 ;;;***
11463 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11464 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11467 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11468 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11470 \(fn)" t nil)
11472 ;;;***
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11475 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11478 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11479 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11481 \(fn)" t nil)
11483 ;;;***
11485 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11486 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11487 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19845
11488 ;;;;;; 45374))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11491 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11492 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11494 \(fn)" t nil)
11496 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11497 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11499 \(fn)" t nil)
11501 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11502 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11504 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11505 different input formats.
11507 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11509 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11510 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11512 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11513 different input formats.
11515 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11517 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11518 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11519 The PNG is returned as a string.
11521 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11523 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11524 Convert FILE to a Face.
11525 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11526 726 bytes.
11528 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11530 ;;;***
11532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11533 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11536 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11537 Display gravatar in the From header.
11538 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11540 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11542 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11543 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11544 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11546 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11548 ;;;***
11550 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11551 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19845 45374))
11552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11554 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11555 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11556 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11557 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11559 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11561 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11562 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11564 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11566 ;;;***
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11569 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19845 45374))
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11572 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11575 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11577 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11580 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11582 ;;;***
11584 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11585 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11588 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11590 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11591 Run batched scoring.
11592 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11596 ;;;***
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11599 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11600 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11603 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11606 \(fn)" nil nil)
11608 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11609 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11610 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11612 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11614 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11615 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11617 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11621 ;;;***
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11624 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11625 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11628 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11629 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11630 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11631 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11632 group parameters.
11634 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11635 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11636 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11637 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11639 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11640 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11641 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11642 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11643 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11644 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11645 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11646 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11647 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11648 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11650 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11652 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11653 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11654 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11655 nil CATCH-ALL).
11657 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11658 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11660 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11662 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11663 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11664 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11666 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11668 \(fn)" nil nil)
11670 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11671 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11672 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11674 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11676 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11677 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11678 existing groups are considered.
11680 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11681 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11682 returned.
11684 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11685 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11686 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11687 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11688 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11689 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11690 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11691 clauses will be generated.
11693 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11694 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11695 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11696 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11697 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11698 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11700 For example, given the following group parameters:
11702 nnml:mail.bar:
11703 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11704 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11705 nnml:mail.foo:
11706 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11707 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11708 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11709 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11710 nnml:mail.others:
11711 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11713 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11715 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11716 \"mail.bar\")
11717 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11718 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11719 \"mail.others\")
11721 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11723 ;;;***
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11726 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19845 45374))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11729 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11730 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11731 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11732 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11734 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
11736 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11737 Mail to ADDRESS.
11739 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11741 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11742 Like `message-reply'.
11744 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11746 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11752 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11755 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11756 Display picons in the From header.
11757 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11761 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11762 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11763 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11765 \(fn)" t nil)
11767 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11768 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11769 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11773 ;;;***
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11776 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11777 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11778 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11779 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11782 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11783 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11784 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11785 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11787 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11789 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11790 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11791 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11792 LIST1 is modified.
11794 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11797 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11798 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11800 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11802 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11805 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11807 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11808 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11809 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11811 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11813 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11814 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11815 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11817 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11819 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11822 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11823 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11825 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11827 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11828 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11829 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11831 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11833 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11834 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11835 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11837 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11840 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11842 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11844 ;;;***
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11847 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19867 52471))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11850 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11851 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11853 \(fn)" t nil)
11855 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11856 Install the registry hooks.
11858 \(fn)" t nil)
11860 ;;;***
11862 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11863 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
11864 ;;;;;; 45374))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11867 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11868 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11869 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11870 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11871 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11872 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11874 \(fn)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11877 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11878 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11879 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11880 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11884 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11889 ;;;***
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11892 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11895 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11896 Update the format specification near point.
11898 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11900 ;;;***
11902 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11903 ;;;;;; (19867 5739))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11906 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11907 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11909 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11911 ;;;***
11913 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11914 ;;;;;; (19867 5739))
11915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11917 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11918 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11919 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11921 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11923 ;;;***
11925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11926 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11929 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11930 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11934 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11935 Install the sync hooks.
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11942 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11945 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11946 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11948 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19845 45374))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11955 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11956 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11958 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11959 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11960 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11962 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11963 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11964 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11966 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11967 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11969 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11970 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11972 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11974 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11976 ;;;***
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11979 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
11980 ;;;;;; 45374))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11983 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11985 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11986 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11987 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11988 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11989 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11991 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11993 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11994 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11995 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11996 or to send e-mail.
11997 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11998 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12000 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12001 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12004 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12006 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12007 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12012 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12016 ;;;***
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12019 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12022 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12023 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12024 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12026 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12028 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12029 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12031 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12033 ;;;***
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12036 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12037 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19864 29553))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12040 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12041 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12043 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12045 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12046 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12047 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12048 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12049 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12051 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12052 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12053 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12055 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12057 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12058 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12059 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12060 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12061 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12063 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12065 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12066 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12068 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12070 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12071 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12073 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12074 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12075 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12077 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12078 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12079 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12081 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12082 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12083 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12084 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12086 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12087 How to invoke find and grep.
12088 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12089 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12090 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12091 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12093 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12095 (defvar grep-history nil)
12097 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12099 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12100 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12101 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12103 \(fn)" nil nil)
12105 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12108 \(fn)" nil nil)
12110 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12111 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12113 \(fn)" nil nil)
12115 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12116 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12117 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12118 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12119 found matches.
12121 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12122 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12124 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12125 can easily repeat a grep command.
12127 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12128 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12129 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12130 list is empty).
12132 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12134 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12135 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12136 Collect output in a buffer.
12137 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12138 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12140 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12141 easily repeat a find command.
12143 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12145 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12147 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12148 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12149 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12150 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12151 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12153 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12154 before it is executed.
12155 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12157 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12158 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12159 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12161 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12165 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12166 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12167 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12168 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12169 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12171 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12172 before it is executed.
12173 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12175 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12176 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12177 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12179 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12181 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12183 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12184 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12185 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12186 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12188 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12190 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12192 ;;;***
12194 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12197 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12198 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12199 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12200 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12201 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12203 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12205 ;;;***
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12208 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19845 45374))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12211 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12212 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12213 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12214 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12216 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12218 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12219 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12220 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12221 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12223 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12225 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12226 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12227 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12228 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12230 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12232 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12233 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12234 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12235 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12237 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12238 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12240 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12242 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12243 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12244 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12245 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12247 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12249 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12250 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12251 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12252 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12254 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12256 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12257 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12258 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12259 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12260 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12262 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12263 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12264 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12265 original source file access method.
12267 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12268 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12270 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12271 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12273 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12274 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12276 \(fn)" t nil)
12278 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12279 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12280 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12283 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12285 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12287 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12288 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12292 ;;;***
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19845
12295 ;;;;;; 45374))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12298 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12299 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12300 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12301 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12303 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12304 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12305 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12306 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12310 ;;;***
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12313 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12316 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12317 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12319 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12321 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12322 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12323 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12324 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12326 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12328 \(fn)" t nil)
12330 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12331 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12332 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12333 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12334 to be updated.
12336 \(fn)" t nil)
12338 ;;;***
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12341 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12342 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12345 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12346 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12350 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12351 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12352 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12356 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12357 Verify a hashcash payment
12359 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12361 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12362 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12363 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12364 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12365 `mail-add-payment-async').
12367 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12369 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12370 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12371 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12372 Calculation is asynchronous.
12374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12377 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12378 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12382 ;;;***
12384 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12385 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12386 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12387 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12390 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12391 Return the help-echo string at point.
12392 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12393 property, or nil, is returned.
12394 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12395 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12396 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12398 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12400 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12401 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12402 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12403 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12404 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12406 \(fn)" nil nil)
12408 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12409 Display local help in the echo area.
12410 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12411 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12412 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12413 printed instead.
12415 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12416 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12417 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12421 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12422 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12423 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12427 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12428 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12429 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12433 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12434 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12435 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12436 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12437 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12438 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12439 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12440 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12441 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12442 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12443 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12445 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12446 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12447 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12448 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12449 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12451 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12452 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12453 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12454 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12455 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12456 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12457 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12458 The default is `never'.")
12460 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12462 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12463 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12464 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12465 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12466 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12467 considered different regions.
12469 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12470 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12471 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12472 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12473 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12474 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12475 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12476 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12477 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12479 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12481 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12482 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12483 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12484 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12485 different regions.
12487 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12488 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12489 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12490 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12491 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12492 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12493 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12494 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12496 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12497 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12498 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12499 rarely happens in practice.
12501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12503 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12504 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12505 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12506 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12507 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12508 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12512 ;;;***
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12515 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12516 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12517 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19867 5739))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12520 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12521 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12523 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12525 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12526 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12527 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12529 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12531 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12532 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12533 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12534 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12535 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12536 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12537 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12538 search for a function definition.
12540 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12541 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12542 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12543 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12544 suitable file is found, return nil.
12546 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12548 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12551 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12553 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12554 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12555 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12556 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12558 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12560 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12561 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12562 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12563 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12564 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12565 it is displayed along with the global value.
12567 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12569 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12570 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12571 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12572 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12576 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12577 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12578 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12579 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12580 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12584 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12585 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12589 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12590 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12592 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12594 ;;;***
12596 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12597 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12600 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12601 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12602 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12603 window listing and describing the options.
12604 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12605 gives the window that lists the options.")
12607 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12609 ;;;***
12611 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12612 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12613 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19849
12614 ;;;;;; 62189))
12615 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12617 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12618 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12619 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12620 Commands:
12621 \\{help-mode-map}
12623 \(fn)" t nil)
12625 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12628 \(fn)" nil nil)
12630 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12633 \(fn)" nil nil)
12635 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12636 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12638 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12639 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12640 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12641 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12643 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12644 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12645 restore it properly when going back.
12647 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12650 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12651 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12652 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12653 from `help-mode'.
12654 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12655 it does not already exist.
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12660 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12662 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12663 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12664 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12665 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12666 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12667 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12668 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12669 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12671 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12672 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12673 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12674 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12676 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12677 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12678 that.
12680 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12682 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12683 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12684 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12685 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12686 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12687 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12689 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12691 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12692 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12693 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12694 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12695 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12697 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12699 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12700 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12702 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12704 ;;;***
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12710 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12711 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12713 \(fn)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12716 Provide help for current mode.
12718 \(fn)" t nil)
12720 ;;;***
12722 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12723 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12724 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12726 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12727 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12728 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12729 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12730 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12732 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12733 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12735 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12736 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12737 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12738 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12740 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12741 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12742 periods.
12744 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12745 in hexl format.
12747 A sample format:
12749 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12750 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12751 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12752 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12753 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12754 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12755 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12756 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12757 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12758 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12759 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12760 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12761 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12762 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12763 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12765 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12766 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12767 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12769 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12770 also supported.
12772 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12774 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12775 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12776 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12778 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12779 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12780 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12782 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12783 into the buffer at the current point.
12785 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12786 into the buffer at the current point.
12788 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12789 into the buffer at the current point.
12791 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12793 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12794 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12796 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12798 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12802 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12803 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12804 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12805 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12807 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12809 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12810 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12811 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12813 \(fn)" t nil)
12815 ;;;***
12817 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12818 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12819 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12820 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12823 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12824 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12826 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12827 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12828 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12829 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12830 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12831 called interactively, are:
12833 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12834 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12836 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12837 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12838 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12839 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12841 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12842 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12844 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12845 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12847 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12848 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12849 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12850 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12851 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12852 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12853 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12854 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12855 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12856 function returns t.
12858 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12859 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12861 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12862 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12863 form:
12864 Hi-lock: FOO
12865 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12866 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12867 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12868 Patterns will be read until
12869 Hi-lock: end
12870 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12874 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12875 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12876 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12879 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12881 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12883 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12884 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12885 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12886 ARG is positive.
12887 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12888 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12889 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12893 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12895 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12896 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12898 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12899 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12900 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12901 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12902 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12904 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12906 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12908 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12909 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12911 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12912 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12913 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12914 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12915 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12917 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12919 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12921 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12922 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12924 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12925 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12927 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12929 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12931 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12932 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12934 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12935 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12936 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12937 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12938 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12940 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12942 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12943 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12945 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12946 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12947 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12949 \(fn)" t nil)
12951 ;;;***
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12954 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12957 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12958 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12959 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12960 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12961 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12962 how the hiding is done:
12964 `hide-ifdef-env'
12965 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12966 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12967 is used.
12969 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12970 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12971 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12972 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12973 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12975 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12976 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12977 #endif lines when hiding.
12979 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12980 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12981 is activated.
12983 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12984 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12985 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12987 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12991 ;;;***
12993 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12994 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12997 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12998 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12999 Each element has the form
13000 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13002 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13003 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13005 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13006 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13008 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13009 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13010 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13011 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13012 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13013 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13015 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13016 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13018 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13019 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13021 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13022 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13023 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13025 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13026 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13027 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13028 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13029 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13031 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13032 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13033 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13035 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13036 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13038 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13040 Key bindings:
13041 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13045 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13046 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13048 \(fn)" nil nil)
13050 ;;;***
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13053 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13054 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13055 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13056 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19845
13057 ;;;;;; 45374))
13058 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13060 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13061 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13063 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13065 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13066 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13067 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13068 on and off.
13070 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13071 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13072 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13073 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13074 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13075 through various faces.
13076 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13077 buffer with the contents of a file
13078 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13082 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13083 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13085 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13086 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13087 in a distinctive face.
13089 The default value can be customized with variable
13090 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13092 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13096 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13097 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13098 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13100 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13102 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13103 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13105 \(fn)" t nil)
13107 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13108 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13110 \(fn)" t nil)
13112 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13113 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13115 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13116 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13117 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13118 shown in the last face in the list.
13120 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13121 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13122 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13124 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13126 \(fn)" t nil)
13128 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13129 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13131 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13133 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13134 to save the file.
13136 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13137 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13139 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13140 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13141 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13143 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13145 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13146 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13148 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13149 this function is called interactively.
13151 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13152 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13153 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13155 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13156 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13157 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13159 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13161 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13162 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13163 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13166 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13168 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13170 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13171 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13172 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13173 ARG is positive.
13174 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13175 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13176 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13180 ;;;***
13182 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13183 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13184 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13185 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13186 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13187 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13189 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13190 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13191 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13192 or insert functions in this list.")
13194 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13196 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13197 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13199 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13201 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13202 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13204 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13206 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13207 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13209 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13211 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13212 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13214 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13216 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13217 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13218 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13220 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13222 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13223 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13224 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13225 \(as atoms)")
13227 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13229 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13230 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13231 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13232 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13233 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13235 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13237 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13238 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13239 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13240 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13241 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13242 expansions.
13243 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13244 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13245 undoes the expansion.
13247 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13249 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13250 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13251 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13252 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13254 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13256 ;;;***
13258 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13259 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13260 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13262 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13263 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13264 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13266 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13267 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13268 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13269 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13270 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13272 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13273 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13274 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13275 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13279 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13280 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13281 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13284 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13286 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13288 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13289 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13290 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13292 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13293 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13297 ;;;***
13299 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13300 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13301 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13302 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13303 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19845 45374))
13304 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13306 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13308 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13309 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13310 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13312 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13314 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13316 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13318 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13319 Oriental holidays.
13320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13322 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13324 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13326 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13328 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13329 Local holidays.
13330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13332 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13334 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13336 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13338 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13339 User defined holidays.
13340 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13342 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13344 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13346 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13347 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13349 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13351 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13352 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13354 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13357 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13359 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13361 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13362 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13364 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13366 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13368 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13369 Jewish holidays.
13370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13372 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13374 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13376 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13378 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13379 Christian holidays.
13380 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13382 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13384 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13386 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13388 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13389 Islamic holidays.
13390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13392 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13394 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13396 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13398 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13399 Baha'i holidays.
13400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13402 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13404 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13406 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13408 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13409 Sun-related holidays.
13410 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13412 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13414 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13416 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13418 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13419 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13420 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13421 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13425 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13426 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13427 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13428 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13429 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13431 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13432 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13434 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13435 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13437 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13438 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13439 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13440 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13441 of a holiday list.
13443 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13445 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13447 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13449 ;;;***
13451 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13452 ;;;;;; 45374))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13455 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13456 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13458 \(fn)" t nil)
13460 ;;;***
13462 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13463 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19845 45374))
13464 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13466 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13467 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13468 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13469 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13470 as possible.
13472 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13473 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13474 fontified display.
13476 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13477 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13479 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13480 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13481 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13483 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13485 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13486 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13487 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13489 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13491 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13493 ;;;***
13495 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13496 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13497 ;;;;;; 45374))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13500 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13501 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13503 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13504 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13505 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13507 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13508 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13509 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13510 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13511 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13512 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13514 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13515 title of the column.
13517 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13518 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13519 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13520 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13521 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13523 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13525 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13527 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13528 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13529 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13530 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13531 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13533 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13534 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13535 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13537 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13539 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13541 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13542 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13543 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13544 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13545 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13546 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13548 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13549 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13550 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13551 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13552 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13553 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13554 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13555 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13556 values are:
13557 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13558 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13559 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13560 buffer's modification flag.
13561 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13562 prompted before performing this operation.
13563 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13564 operation is complete, in the form:
13565 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13566 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13567 confirmation message, in the form:
13568 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13569 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13570 macro for exactly what it does.
13572 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13574 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13576 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13577 Define a filter named NAME.
13578 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13579 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13580 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13582 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13583 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13584 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13585 bound to the current value of the filter.
13587 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13589 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13591 ;;;***
13593 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13594 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19845 45374))
13595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13597 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13598 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13599 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13600 buffers which are visiting a file.
13602 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13604 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13605 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13606 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13607 buffers which are visiting a file.
13609 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13611 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13612 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13613 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13615 All arguments are optional.
13616 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13617 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13618 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13619 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13620 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13621 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13622 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13623 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13624 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13625 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13626 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13627 that value locally in this buffer.
13629 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13631 ;;;***
13633 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13634 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13635 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19845 45374))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13638 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13639 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13640 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13641 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13643 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13645 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13646 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13647 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13648 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13649 ICAL-FILENAME.
13650 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13651 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13652 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13654 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13656 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13657 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13658 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13659 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13660 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13661 non-marking or not.
13663 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13665 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13666 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13668 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13669 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13670 DIARY-FILE.
13672 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13673 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13674 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13676 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13677 non-marking.
13679 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13680 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13681 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13683 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13685 ;;;***
13687 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19845
13688 ;;;;;; 45374))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13691 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13692 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13693 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13696 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13698 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13700 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13701 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13702 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13703 otherwise turn it off.
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13707 ;;;***
13709 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19845 45374))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13712 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13713 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13714 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13715 Tab indents for Icon code.
13716 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13717 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13718 \\{icon-mode-map}
13719 Variables controlling indentation style:
13720 icon-tab-always-indent
13721 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13722 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13723 icon-auto-newline
13724 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13725 inserted in Icon code.
13726 icon-indent-level
13727 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13728 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13729 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13730 icon-continued-statement-offset
13731 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13732 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13733 icon-continued-brace-offset
13734 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13735 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13736 icon-brace-offset
13737 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13738 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13739 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13740 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13742 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13745 \(fn)" t nil)
13747 ;;;***
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13750 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13753 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13754 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13755 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13756 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13758 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13759 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13760 separate frames.
13762 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13763 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13765 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13766 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13767 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13769 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13771 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13773 ;;;***
13775 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13776 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13779 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13780 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13782 The main features of this mode are
13784 1. Indentation and Formatting
13785 --------------------------
13786 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13787 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13789 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13790 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13791 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13792 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13794 Comments are indented as follows:
13796 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13797 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13798 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13800 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13802 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13803 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13804 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13805 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13806 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13807 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13809 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13810 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13811 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13812 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13814 2. Routine Info
13815 ------------
13816 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13817 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13818 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13819 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13820 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13821 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13822 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13823 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13824 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13825 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13827 3. Online IDL Help
13828 ---------------
13830 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13831 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13832 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13833 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13835 4. Completion
13836 ----------
13837 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13838 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13839 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13840 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13841 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13842 upper case.
13844 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13845 --------------------------------
13846 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13847 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13849 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13850 \\fu FUNCTION template
13851 \\c CASE statement template
13852 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13853 \\f FOR loop template
13854 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13855 \\w WHILE loop template
13856 \\i IF statement template
13857 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13858 \\b BEGIN
13860 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13861 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13863 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13864 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13865 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13866 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13868 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13869 -------------------------
13870 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13871 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13873 7. Automatic END completion
13874 ------------------------
13875 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13876 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13878 8. Hooks
13879 -----
13880 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13881 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13883 9. Documentation and Customization
13884 -------------------------------
13885 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13886 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13887 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13888 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13889 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13891 10.Keybindings
13892 -----------
13893 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13894 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13895 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13897 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13899 \(fn)" t nil)
13901 ;;;***
13903 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13904 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13905 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13906 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13907 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13908 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13909 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13910 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19857
13911 ;;;;;; 56304))
13912 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13914 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13915 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13916 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13917 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13918 displaying...)
13919 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13920 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13921 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13923 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13924 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13926 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13928 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13929 Toggle ido mode on or off.
13930 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13931 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13932 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13933 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13934 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13935 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13936 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13940 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13941 Switch to another buffer.
13942 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13943 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13944 in another frame.
13946 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13947 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13948 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13949 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13950 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13952 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13953 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13955 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13956 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13958 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13959 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13960 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13961 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13962 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13963 in a separate window.
13964 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13965 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13966 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13967 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13968 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13969 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13970 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13971 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13972 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13976 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13977 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13978 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13979 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13983 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13984 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13985 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13986 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13988 \(fn)" t nil)
13990 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13991 Kill a buffer.
13992 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13993 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13995 \(fn)" t nil)
13997 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13998 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13999 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14000 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14002 \(fn)" t nil)
14004 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14005 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14006 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14007 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14009 \(fn)" t nil)
14011 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14012 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14014 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14016 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14017 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14018 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14019 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14020 visible in another frame.
14022 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14023 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14024 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14025 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14026 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14027 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14029 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14030 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14032 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14033 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14035 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14036 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14037 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14038 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14039 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14040 in a separate window.
14041 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14042 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14043 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14044 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14045 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14046 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14047 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14048 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14049 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14050 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14051 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14052 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14053 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14054 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14055 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14059 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14060 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14061 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14062 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14066 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14067 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14068 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14069 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14073 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14074 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14075 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14076 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14078 \(fn)" t nil)
14080 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14081 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14082 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14083 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14085 \(fn)" t nil)
14087 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14088 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14089 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14090 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14092 \(fn)" t nil)
14094 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14095 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14096 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14097 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14101 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14102 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14103 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14104 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14108 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14109 Write current buffer to a file.
14110 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14111 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14115 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14116 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14117 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14118 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14120 \(fn)" t nil)
14122 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14123 Call `dired' the ido way.
14124 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14125 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14127 \(fn)" t nil)
14129 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14130 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14131 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14132 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14133 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14134 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14136 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14138 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14139 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14140 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14141 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14143 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14145 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14146 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14147 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14148 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14150 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14152 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14153 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14154 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14155 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14156 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14157 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14158 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14159 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14160 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14161 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14162 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14163 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14164 with point positioned at the end.
14165 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14166 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14168 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14170 ;;;***
14172 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19863 8742))
14173 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14174 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14176 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14177 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14178 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14180 \(fn)" t nil)
14182 ;;;***
14184 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14187 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14189 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14190 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14194 ;;;***
14196 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14197 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14198 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14199 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14200 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14201 ;;;;;; (19849 29307))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14204 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14205 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14206 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14207 be determined.
14209 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14211 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14212 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14213 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14214 be determined.
14216 \(fn)" nil nil)
14218 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14219 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14220 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14221 be determined.
14223 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14225 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14226 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14227 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14228 be determined.
14230 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14232 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14233 Determine and return image type.
14234 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14235 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14236 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14237 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14238 use its file extension as image type.
14239 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14241 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14243 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14244 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14245 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14247 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14249 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14250 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14251 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14253 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14254 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14255 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14256 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14257 must be available.
14259 \(fn)" nil nil)
14261 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14262 Create an image.
14263 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14264 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14265 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14266 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14267 use its file extension as image type.
14268 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14269 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14270 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14271 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14273 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14275 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14276 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14277 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14279 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14281 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14282 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14283 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14284 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14285 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14286 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14287 POS may be an integer or marker.
14288 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14289 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14290 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14291 means display it in the right marginal area.
14293 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14295 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14296 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14297 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14298 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14299 defaulted if you omit it.
14300 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14301 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14302 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14303 means display it in the right marginal area.
14304 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14305 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14306 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14307 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14308 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14310 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14312 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14313 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14314 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14315 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14316 defaulted if you omit it.
14317 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14318 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14319 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14320 means display it in the right marginal area.
14321 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14323 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14325 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14326 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14327 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14328 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14330 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14332 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14333 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14335 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14337 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14338 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14339 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14340 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14341 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14342 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14343 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14344 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14345 satisfied.
14347 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14349 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14351 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14353 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14354 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14356 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14357 documentation string.
14359 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14360 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14361 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14362 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14363 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14364 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14365 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14366 define SYMBOL.
14368 Example:
14370 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14371 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14373 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14375 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14377 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14378 Create an animated image.
14379 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14380 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14381 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14382 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14383 use its file extension as image type.
14384 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14385 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14386 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14387 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14389 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14391 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14393 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14394 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14396 \(fn)" nil nil)
14398 ;;;***
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14401 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14402 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14403 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14404 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14405 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14406 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14407 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19845 45374))
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14410 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14411 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14412 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14413 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14414 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14415 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14419 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14420 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14422 Convenience command that:
14424 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14425 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14426 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14428 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14429 image files in dired and type
14430 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14432 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14434 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14435 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14437 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14439 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14440 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14441 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14442 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14443 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14444 another one).
14446 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14447 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14448 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14450 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14451 instead of erasing it first.
14453 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14454 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14455 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14456 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14457 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14458 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14460 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14462 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14463 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14464 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14465 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14466 displayed.
14468 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14470 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14472 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14474 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14475 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14479 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14480 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14481 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14483 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14485 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14486 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14488 \(fn)" t nil)
14490 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14491 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14492 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14493 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14497 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14498 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14500 \(fn)" t nil)
14502 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14503 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14505 \(fn)" t nil)
14507 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14508 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14510 \(fn)" t nil)
14512 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14513 Display current image file.
14514 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14515 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14519 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14520 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14522 \(fn)" t nil)
14524 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14525 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14526 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14527 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14528 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14529 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14530 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14532 \(fn)" t nil)
14534 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14535 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14536 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14537 easy-to-use form.
14539 \(fn)" t nil)
14541 ;;;***
14543 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14544 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14545 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14548 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14549 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14550 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14551 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14553 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14554 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14555 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14556 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14558 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14560 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14561 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14562 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14563 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14565 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14566 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14567 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14568 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14570 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14572 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14573 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14575 \(fn)" nil nil)
14577 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14578 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14579 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14580 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14582 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14584 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14585 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14586 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14589 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14591 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14593 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14594 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14595 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14596 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14598 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14599 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14600 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14604 ;;;***
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14607 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19845 45374))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14610 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14611 Major mode for image files.
14612 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14613 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14615 \(fn)" t nil)
14617 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14618 Toggle Image minor mode.
14619 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14620 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14621 to display an image file as the actual image.
14623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14626 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14627 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14628 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14629 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14630 to display an image file as the actual image.
14632 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14633 to display an image file as text initially.
14635 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14636 on these modes.
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14640 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14643 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14645 ;;;***
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14648 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14651 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14652 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14654 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14656 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14657 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14658 in the buffer.
14660 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14662 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14663 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14664 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14666 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14668 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14669 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14671 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14672 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14673 pattern's structure.
14675 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14676 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14677 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14678 during matching.")
14679 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14681 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14683 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14684 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14686 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14687 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14688 called within a `save-excursion'.
14690 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14692 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14694 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14695 Function for finding the next index position.
14697 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14698 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14699 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14700 file.
14702 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14703 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14705 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14707 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14708 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14710 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14711 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14712 It should return the name for that index item.")
14714 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14716 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14717 Function to compare string with index item.
14719 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14720 non-nil if they match.
14722 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14723 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14724 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14725 arguments match\".")
14727 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14729 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14730 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14731 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14733 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14734 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14736 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14738 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14740 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14741 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14742 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14743 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14745 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14748 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14750 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14755 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14756 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14757 for more information.
14759 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14761 ;;;***
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14764 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14765 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19845 45374))
14766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14768 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14769 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14773 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14776 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14778 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14781 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14783 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14786 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14788 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14789 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14791 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14793 ;;;***
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14796 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14800 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14801 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14802 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14803 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14804 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14806 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14808 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14809 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14811 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14813 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14814 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14815 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14816 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14817 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14818 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14819 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14820 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14822 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14824 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14825 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14826 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14827 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14828 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14830 This variable is only used if the variable
14831 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14833 More precise choices:
14834 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14835 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14836 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14838 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14840 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14842 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14843 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14845 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14846 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14847 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14848 to that buffer.
14849 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14850 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14851 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14854 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14855 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14857 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14859 ;;;***
14861 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
14862 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
14863 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
14864 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
14865 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (19867 52471))
14866 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14868 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14869 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14871 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14872 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14873 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14875 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14876 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14877 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14878 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14879 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14880 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14881 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14882 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14883 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14884 with the top-level Info directory.
14886 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14887 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14888 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14889 appended to the Info buffer name.
14891 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14892 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14893 in all the directories in that path.
14895 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14897 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14899 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14900 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14902 \(fn)" t nil)
14904 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14905 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14906 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14907 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14909 \(fn)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14912 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14913 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14914 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14916 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14918 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14919 Go to the Info directory node.
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14923 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14924 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14925 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14926 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14927 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14928 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14930 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14932 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14933 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14934 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14936 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14938 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14939 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14940 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14941 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14942 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
14944 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14946 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14947 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14948 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14949 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14950 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14952 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14953 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14955 Selecting other nodes:
14956 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14957 Follow a node reference you click on.
14958 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14959 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14960 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14961 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14962 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14963 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14964 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14965 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14966 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14967 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14968 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14969 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14970 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14971 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14972 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14973 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14974 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14975 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14976 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14977 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14979 Moving within a node:
14980 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14981 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14982 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14983 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14984 move up to the parent node.
14985 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14986 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14987 if there is none.
14988 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14990 Advanced commands:
14991 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14992 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14993 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14994 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14995 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14996 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14997 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14998 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14999 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15000 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15001 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15002 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15003 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15004 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15005 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15006 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15009 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15011 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15012 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15013 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15014 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15015 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15016 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15018 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15019 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15021 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15022 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15023 KEY is a string.
15024 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15025 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15026 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15027 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15029 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15031 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15032 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15033 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15035 \(fn)" t nil)
15037 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15038 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15039 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15041 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15043 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15044 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15046 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15048 ;;;***
15050 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15051 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15052 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15055 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15056 Throw away all cached data.
15057 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15058 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15059 system.
15061 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15064 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15065 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15066 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15067 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15068 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15069 one found at point.
15071 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15073 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15074 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15076 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15077 Display the documentation of a file.
15078 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15079 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15080 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15081 The default file name is the one found at point.
15083 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15085 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15087 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15088 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15090 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15092 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15093 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15095 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15097 ;;;***
15099 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15100 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15101 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15102 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15104 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15105 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15106 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15107 current info file is the default.
15109 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15110 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15111 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15112 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15113 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15115 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15116 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15117 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15118 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15119 mistake in the reference.
15121 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15122 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15123 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15125 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15126 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15127 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15128 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15130 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15132 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15133 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15134 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15135 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15136 checked.
15138 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15139 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15140 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15141 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15142 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15143 should be harmless.
15145 \(fn)" t nil)
15147 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15148 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15149 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15150 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15152 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15153 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15154 and can take a long time.
15156 \(fn)" t nil)
15158 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15159 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15160 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15162 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15164 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15165 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15167 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15168 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15169 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15170 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15171 all builtins).
15173 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15174 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15175 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15176 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15177 the sources handy.
15179 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15181 ;;;***
15183 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15184 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19845 45374))
15185 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15187 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15188 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15190 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15192 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15193 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15195 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15197 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15198 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15199 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15200 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15202 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15203 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15204 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15206 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15207 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15208 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15209 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15213 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15214 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15215 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15217 \(fn)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15220 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15221 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15222 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15223 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15225 \(fn)" nil nil)
15227 ;;;***
15229 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15230 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15231 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15234 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15235 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15239 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15240 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15244 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15247 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15249 ;;;***
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15252 ;;;;;; 45374))
15253 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15255 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15256 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15257 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15258 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15259 accessed via isearchb.
15261 \(fn)" t nil)
15263 ;;;***
15265 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15266 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15267 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15268 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15271 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15272 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15273 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15274 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15279 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15280 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15281 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15282 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15283 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15287 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15288 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15289 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15290 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15291 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15293 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15295 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15296 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15297 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15298 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15299 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15301 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15304 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15305 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15306 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15307 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15309 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15311 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15312 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15313 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15314 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15315 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15317 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15319 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15320 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15321 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15322 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15323 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15325 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15327 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15328 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15329 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15330 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15332 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15334 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15335 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15336 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15337 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15339 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15341 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15342 Warn that format is read-only.
15344 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15346 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15347 Warn that format is write-only.
15349 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15351 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15352 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15354 \(fn)" t nil)
15356 ;;;***
15358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15359 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15360 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15361 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15362 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15363 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15365 ;;;***
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15368 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15369 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15370 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15371 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19845 45374))
15372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15374 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15376 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15377 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15378 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15379 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15380 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15382 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15384 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15386 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15387 Key map for ispell menu.")
15389 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15390 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15391 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15392 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15394 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15396 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15398 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15400 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15402 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15403 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15404 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15405 Valid forms include:
15406 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15407 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15408 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15409 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15411 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15412 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15413 First list is used raw.
15414 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15416 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15417 for skipping in latex mode.")
15419 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15420 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15421 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15422 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15423 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15424 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15425 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15427 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15428 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15429 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15430 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15432 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15433 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15434 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15435 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15436 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15438 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15439 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15441 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15442 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15444 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15445 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15447 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15448 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15450 Return values:
15451 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15452 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15453 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15454 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15455 quit spell session exited.
15457 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15459 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15460 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15461 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15463 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15465 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15466 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15468 Selections are:
15470 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15471 SPC: Accept word this time.
15472 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15473 `a': Accept word for this session.
15474 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15475 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15476 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15477 `?': Show these commands.
15478 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15479 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15480 the aborted check to be completed later.
15481 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15482 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15483 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15484 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15485 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15486 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15487 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15489 \(fn)" nil nil)
15491 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15492 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15493 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15495 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15497 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15498 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15499 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15500 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15502 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15504 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15506 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15507 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15508 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15509 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15511 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15513 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15514 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15516 \(fn)" t nil)
15518 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15519 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15521 \(fn)" t nil)
15523 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15524 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15528 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15529 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15530 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15531 sequence inside of a word.
15533 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15535 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15537 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15538 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15540 \(fn)" t nil)
15542 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15543 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15544 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15545 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15547 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15548 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15549 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15550 available on the net.
15552 \(fn)" t nil)
15554 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15555 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15556 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15557 otherwise turn it off.
15559 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15560 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15562 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15563 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15567 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15568 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15569 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15570 Don't check included messages.
15572 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15573 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15574 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15576 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15577 in your .emacs file:
15578 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15579 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15580 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15581 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15583 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15584 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15585 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15589 ;;;***
15591 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19845
15592 ;;;;;; 45374))
15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15595 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15596 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15597 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15599 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15600 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15602 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15604 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15605 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15606 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15607 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15608 `iswitchb' for details.
15610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15612 ;;;***
15614 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15615 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15616 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15617 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15620 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15623 \(fn)" nil nil)
15625 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15626 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15627 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15628 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15629 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15630 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15631 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15632 necessary to represent OBJ.
15634 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15636 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15637 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15638 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15639 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15641 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15643 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15644 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15645 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15646 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15647 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15649 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15651 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15652 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15653 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15654 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15656 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15658 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15659 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15660 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15661 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15663 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15665 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15666 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15668 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15670 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15671 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15672 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15673 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15674 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15676 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15678 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15679 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15680 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15681 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15682 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15684 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15686 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15687 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15688 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15690 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15692 ;;;***
15694 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15695 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19845 45374))
15696 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15698 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15699 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15700 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15701 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15703 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15706 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15708 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15709 Uninstall jka-compr.
15710 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15711 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15712 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15714 \(fn)" nil nil)
15716 ;;;***
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19845 45374))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15721 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15722 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15724 \(fn)" t nil)
15726 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15728 ;;;***
15730 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15731 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15732 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15735 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15736 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15737 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15738 decimal key must be specified.")
15740 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15742 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15743 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15744 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15745 decimal key must be specified.")
15747 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15749 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15750 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15751 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15752 decimal key must be specified.")
15754 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15756 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15757 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15758 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15759 decimal key must be specified.")
15761 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15763 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15764 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15765 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15766 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15767 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15768 keys are bound.
15770 Setup Binding
15771 -------------------------------------------------------------
15772 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15773 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15774 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15775 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15776 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15777 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15778 in the global and local keymaps.
15780 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15781 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15783 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15785 ;;;***
15787 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15788 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15791 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15792 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15793 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15795 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15796 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15797 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15798 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15799 shorter.
15801 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15802 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15803 the context of text formatting.
15805 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15807 ;;;***
15809 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
15810 ;;;;;; 45374))
15811 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15813 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15814 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15815 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15816 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15817 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15818 positions that contains the current selection.")
15820 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15821 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15822 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15823 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15824 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15825 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15826 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15830 ;;;***
15832 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15833 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15834 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15835 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19845 45374))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15837 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15838 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15839 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15840 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15841 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15842 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15843 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15845 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15846 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15848 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15850 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15851 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15852 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15853 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15854 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15856 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15858 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15859 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15860 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15862 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15863 defining the macro.
15865 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15866 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15867 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15869 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15870 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15874 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15875 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15876 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15877 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15878 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15879 under that name.
15881 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15882 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15883 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15885 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15887 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15888 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15889 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15891 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15892 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15893 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15894 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15896 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15897 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15899 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15901 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15902 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15903 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15905 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15906 macro.
15908 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15909 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15911 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15912 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15913 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15915 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15916 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15921 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15922 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15923 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15925 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15927 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15928 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15929 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15930 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15932 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15933 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15935 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15937 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15938 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15939 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15941 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15943 ;;;***
15945 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15946 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15949 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15950 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15951 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15953 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15956 \(fn)" nil nil)
15958 ;;;***
15960 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15961 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15964 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
15966 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
15967 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
15972 Start or resume an Landmark game.
15973 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15974 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15976 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15977 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15978 none / 1 | yes | no
15979 2 | yes | yes
15980 3 | no | yes
15981 4 | no | no
15983 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
15984 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15985 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15987 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15989 ;;;***
15991 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15992 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15993 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15996 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15999 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16001 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16002 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16003 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16004 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16005 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16006 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16008 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16009 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16013 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16014 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16018 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16021 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16023 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16026 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16028 ;;;***
16030 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16031 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16032 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16035 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16036 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16037 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16038 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16040 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16042 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16043 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16044 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16046 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16048 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16049 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16050 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16052 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16054 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16055 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16056 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16057 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16059 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16061 ;;;***
16063 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16064 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16067 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16068 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16069 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16070 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16071 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16072 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16073 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16074 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16076 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16077 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16080 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16082 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16084 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16085 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16086 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16087 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16088 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16089 `latin1-display-setup'.
16091 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16093 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16094 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16095 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16096 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16099 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16101 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16103 ;;;***
16105 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16106 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16109 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16110 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16112 \(fn)" t nil)
16114 ;;;***
16116 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16117 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16120 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16121 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16123 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16124 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16126 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16127 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16129 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16130 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16131 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16132 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16133 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16134 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16135 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16136 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16137 and transmit saved text.
16139 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16140 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16141 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16143 \(fn)" t nil)
16145 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16148 \(fn)" nil nil)
16150 ;;;***
16152 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16155 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16156 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16157 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16158 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16159 generations (this defaults to 1).
16161 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16163 ;;;***
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16166 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16169 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16170 Format used to display line numbers.
16171 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16172 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16173 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16174 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16176 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16178 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16179 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16183 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16184 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16185 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16187 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16188 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16190 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16192 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16193 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16194 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16195 ARG is positive.
16196 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16197 `linum-on' would do it.
16198 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16202 ;;;***
16204 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19845
16205 ;;;;;; 45374))
16206 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16208 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16209 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16210 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16211 is nil, raise an error.
16213 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16214 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16215 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16216 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16217 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16218 defined by the library.
16220 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16221 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16222 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16223 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16224 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16225 proceeds.
16227 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16228 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16229 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16230 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16232 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16234 ;;;***
16236 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16237 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19845 45374))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16240 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16241 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16242 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16244 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16246 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16247 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16248 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16249 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16251 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16252 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16253 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16254 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16255 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16256 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16257 the version.)
16259 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16260 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16262 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16263 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16265 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16266 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16268 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16270 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16271 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16272 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16273 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16274 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16275 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16276 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16277 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16278 to constrain a big search.
16280 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16282 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16283 except that FILTER is not optional.
16285 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16287 ;;;***
16289 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19863 8742))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16292 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16293 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16294 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16295 if MODE is nil.
16296 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16297 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16298 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16299 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16300 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16302 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16303 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16304 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16305 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16306 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16308 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16309 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16310 uses the current buffer.
16312 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16314 ;;;***
16316 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19863
16317 ;;;;;; 8742))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16320 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16321 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16323 \(fn)" t nil)
16325 ;;;***
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19845
16328 ;;;;;; 45374))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16331 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16332 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16333 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16334 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16335 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16337 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16338 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16339 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16341 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16342 are indicated with a symbol.
16344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16346 ;;;***
16348 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16349 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19845
16350 ;;;;;; 45374))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16353 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16355 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16357 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16358 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16359 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16361 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16362 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16364 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16365 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16366 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16367 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16368 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16369 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16370 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16372 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16374 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16375 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16376 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16377 switch on this list.
16378 See `lpr-command'.")
16380 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16382 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16383 Name of program for printing a file.
16385 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16386 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16387 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16388 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16389 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16390 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16391 argument.")
16393 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16395 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16396 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16397 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16398 for customization of the printer command.
16400 \(fn)" t nil)
16402 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16403 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16405 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16406 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16407 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16408 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16410 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16411 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16413 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16414 for further customization of the printer command.
16416 \(fn)" t nil)
16418 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16419 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16420 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16421 for customization of the printer command.
16423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16425 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16426 Paginate and print the region contents.
16428 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16429 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16430 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16431 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16433 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16434 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16436 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16437 for further customization of the printer command.
16439 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16441 ;;;***
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16444 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16447 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16448 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16449 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16451 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16453 ;;;***
16455 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16456 ;;;;;; 45374))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16459 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16460 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16461 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16462 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16468 ;;;***
16470 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16471 ;;;;;; 45374))
16472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16474 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16475 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16477 \(fn)" t nil)
16479 ;;;***
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16485 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16486 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16487 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16488 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16489 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16491 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16493 ;;;***
16495 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16496 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19845 45374))
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16499 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16500 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16501 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16502 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16503 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16505 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16507 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16508 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16509 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16510 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16512 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16513 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16514 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16515 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16516 bindings.
16518 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16519 use this command, and then save the file.
16521 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16523 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16524 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16525 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16526 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16527 each time the macro executes.
16528 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16529 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16530 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16531 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16532 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16533 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16534 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16536 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16539 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16540 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16541 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16543 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16544 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16545 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16546 execute.
16548 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16549 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16551 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16552 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16553 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16554 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16555 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16557 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16558 looked like this:
16560 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16561 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16562 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16564 You could enter the names in this format:
16570 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16572 \\C-x (
16573 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16574 \\C-x )
16576 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16577 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16579 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16580 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16582 ;;;***
16584 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16585 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16588 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16589 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16590 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16591 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16592 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16593 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16595 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16596 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16597 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16598 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16599 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16601 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16602 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16603 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16604 consing a string.)
16606 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16608 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16609 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16611 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16613 ;;;***
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16616 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16617 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16620 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16621 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16623 \(fn)" nil nil)
16625 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16628 \(fn)" nil nil)
16630 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16631 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16633 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16635 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16636 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16637 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16638 message.
16640 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16642 \(fn)" nil nil)
16644 ;;;***
16646 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16647 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16648 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16649 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19845 45374))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16652 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16653 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16654 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16655 often correct parser.")
16657 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16659 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16660 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16661 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16662 a value which excludes your own email address.
16664 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16665 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16667 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16669 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16670 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16672 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16675 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16676 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16677 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16679 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16681 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16682 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16683 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16684 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16686 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16688 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16689 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16690 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16691 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16693 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16695 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16696 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16697 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16698 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16699 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16700 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16701 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16702 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16703 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16704 as Rmail does.
16706 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16708 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16709 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16710 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16711 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16712 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16713 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16714 matches may be returned from the message body.
16716 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16718 ;;;***
16720 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16721 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19845
16722 ;;;;;; 45374))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16725 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16726 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16727 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16729 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16730 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16732 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16734 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16735 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16739 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16740 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16742 \(fn)" nil nil)
16744 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16745 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16746 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16748 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16750 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16751 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16752 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16754 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16755 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16756 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16757 double-quotes.
16759 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16761 ;;;***
16763 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16764 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19845
16765 ;;;;;; 45374))
16766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16768 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16769 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16770 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16771 king@grassland.com
16772 If `parens', they look like:
16773 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16774 If `angles', they look like:
16775 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16777 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16779 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16780 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16781 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16782 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16783 their `Resent-' variants.
16785 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16786 removed from alias expansions.
16788 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16790 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16791 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16792 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16794 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16795 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16796 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16797 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16799 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16801 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16802 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16803 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16804 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16808 ;;;***
16810 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16811 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16814 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16815 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16816 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16817 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16819 \(fn)" nil nil)
16821 ;;;***
16823 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16824 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16825 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19845 45374))
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16828 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16829 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16831 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16832 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16833 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16834 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16835 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16836 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16838 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16839 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16840 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16841 dependency, despite the colon.
16843 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16845 In the browser, use the following keys:
16847 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16849 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16851 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16852 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16854 `makefile-target-colon':
16855 The string that gets appended to all target names
16856 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16857 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16859 `makefile-macro-assign':
16860 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16861 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16862 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16863 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16864 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16865 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16867 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16868 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16869 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16871 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16872 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16874 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16875 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16876 up or down in the browser.
16878 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16879 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16881 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16882 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16884 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16885 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16886 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16887 has been selected in the browser.
16889 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16890 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16891 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16892 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16893 filenames are omitted.
16895 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16896 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16897 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16898 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16899 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16900 the backslash itself intact.
16901 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16902 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16904 `makefile-browser-hook':
16905 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16906 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16908 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16909 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16910 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16911 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16913 \(fn)" t nil)
16915 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16916 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16918 \(fn)" t nil)
16920 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16921 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16923 \(fn)" t nil)
16925 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16926 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16928 \(fn)" t nil)
16930 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16931 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16933 \(fn)" t nil)
16935 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16936 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16940 ;;;***
16942 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19845
16943 ;;;;;; 45374))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16946 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16947 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16948 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16950 \(fn)" t nil)
16952 ;;;***
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16955 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16958 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16960 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16961 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16962 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16963 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16964 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16965 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16966 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16967 page, it will display immediately.
16969 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16970 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16971 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16973 cat(1)
16974 1 cat
16976 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16977 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16978 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16979 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16981 -a chmod
16983 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16984 otherwise look like a page name.
16986 /my/file/name.1.gz
16987 -l somefile.1
16989 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16990 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16991 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16993 -k pattern
16995 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16997 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16998 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17000 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17002 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17003 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17005 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17007 ;;;***
17009 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17010 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17012 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17013 Toggle Master mode.
17014 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17015 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17016 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17018 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17019 following commands:
17021 \\{master-mode-map}
17023 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17024 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17025 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17029 ;;;***
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17032 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17035 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17036 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17037 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17040 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17042 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17044 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17045 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17046 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17047 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17048 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17050 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17051 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17055 ;;;***
17057 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17058 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17059 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17060 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17061 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17062 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17063 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19860 32495))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17066 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17068 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17069 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17070 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17071 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17072 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17073 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17074 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17075 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17076 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17077 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17078 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17079 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17080 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17081 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17082 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17083 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17084 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17085 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17086 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17087 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17088 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17089 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17090 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17091 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17092 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17093 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17094 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17095 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17096 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17097 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17098 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17099 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17100 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17101 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17102 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17103 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17104 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17105 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17107 \(fn)" t nil)
17109 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17110 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17111 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17112 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17113 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17115 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17118 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17120 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17122 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17123 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17125 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17127 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17128 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17130 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17132 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17133 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17134 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17136 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17138 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17139 Cancel an article you posted.
17140 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17144 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17145 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17146 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17147 header line with the old Message-ID.
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17151 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17152 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17154 \(fn)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17157 Forward the current message via mail.
17158 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17159 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17161 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17163 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17166 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17168 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17171 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17173 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17174 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17178 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17179 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17181 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17183 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17184 Re-mail the current message.
17185 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17186 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17187 you.
17189 \(fn)" t nil)
17191 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17192 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17194 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17196 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17197 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17199 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17201 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17202 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17204 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17206 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17207 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17209 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17211 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17212 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17213 Works by overstriking characters.
17214 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17215 which specify the range to operate on.
17217 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17219 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17220 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17221 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17222 which specify the range to operate on.
17224 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17226 ;;;***
17228 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17229 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17232 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17233 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17235 \(fn)" t nil)
17237 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17238 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17240 \(fn)" t nil)
17242 ;;;***
17244 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17245 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17246 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17249 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17250 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17251 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17253 \(fn)" t nil)
17255 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17256 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17257 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17258 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17259 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17260 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17261 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17263 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17265 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17266 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17267 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17268 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17269 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17270 means current).
17271 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17272 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17274 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17276 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17277 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17278 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17279 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17280 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17281 means current).
17282 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17283 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17285 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17287 ;;;***
17289 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17290 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17291 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19845 45374))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17294 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17295 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17296 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17298 \(fn)" t nil)
17300 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17301 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17302 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17304 \(fn)" t nil)
17306 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17307 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17309 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17310 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17311 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17313 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17314 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17316 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17317 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17319 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17321 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17323 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17324 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17325 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17326 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17327 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17328 as `compose-mail'.
17330 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17331 initial Subject field, respectively.
17333 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17334 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17335 are strings.
17337 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17338 RETURN-ACTION are ignored.
17340 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17342 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17343 Save draft and send message.
17345 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17346 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17347 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17348 Mail Delivery*\".
17350 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17351 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17352 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17354 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17355 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17356 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17357 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17358 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17359 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17361 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17362 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17364 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17365 message and scan line.
17367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17369 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17370 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17372 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17373 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17374 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17375 delete the draft message.
17377 \(fn)" t nil)
17379 ;;;***
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19845 45374))
17382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17384 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17386 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17388 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17390 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17391 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17393 \(fn)" t nil)
17395 ;;;***
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17398 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19845 45374))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17401 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17402 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17403 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17405 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17406 the MH mail system.
17408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17410 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17411 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17412 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17414 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17415 the MH mail system.
17417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17419 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17420 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17422 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17423 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17424 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17425 separate command.
17427 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17428 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17429 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17430 format.
17432 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17434 Ranges
17435 ======
17436 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17437 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17438 can be used in several ways.
17440 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17441 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17442 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17443 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17444 page):
17446 <num1>-<num2>
17447 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17448 The range must be nonempty.
17450 <num>:N
17451 <num>:+N
17452 <num>:-N
17453 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17454 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17455 last.
17457 first:N
17458 prev:N
17459 next:N
17460 last:N
17461 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17464 All of the messages.
17466 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17467 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17469 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17470 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17471 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17473 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17475 \(fn)" t nil)
17477 ;;;***
17479 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17480 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17481 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17483 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17484 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17485 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17486 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17487 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17488 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17489 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17490 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17491 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17492 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17493 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17497 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17498 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17499 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17500 to its second argument TM.
17502 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17504 ;;;***
17506 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17507 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17508 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17510 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17511 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17512 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17515 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17517 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17519 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17520 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17521 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17522 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17523 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17524 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17525 default indication.
17527 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17528 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17532 ;;;***
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19845 45374))
17535 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17537 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17538 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17539 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17540 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17541 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17542 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17543 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17544 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17545 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17549 ;;;***
17551 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17552 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17553 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19845 45374))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17555 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17557 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17558 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17560 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17561 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17562 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17563 next occurrence.
17565 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17566 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17567 end of the search space).
17569 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17570 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17571 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17572 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17573 should return the previous buffer to search.
17575 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17576 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17577 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17579 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17580 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17581 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17582 Isearch starts.")
17584 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17585 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17586 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17588 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17589 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17590 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17592 \(fn)" nil nil)
17594 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17595 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17596 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17597 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17598 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17599 whose names match the specified regexp.
17601 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17603 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17604 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17605 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17606 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17607 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17608 whose names match the specified regexp.
17610 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17612 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17613 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17614 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17615 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17616 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17617 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17618 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17620 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17622 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17623 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17624 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17625 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17626 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17627 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17628 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17630 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17632 ;;;***
17634 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17635 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17638 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17639 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17641 \(fn)" t nil)
17643 ;;;***
17645 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17646 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17649 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17650 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17652 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17654 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17655 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17656 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17657 the entire message.
17658 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17660 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17662 ;;;***
17664 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17665 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17668 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17669 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17670 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17671 the entire message.
17672 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17674 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17676 ;;;***
17678 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17679 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19845 45374))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17682 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17683 Insert file contents of URL.
17684 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17686 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17688 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17689 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17693 ;;;***
17695 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17696 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17699 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17700 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17701 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17702 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17703 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17705 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17707 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17708 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17709 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17711 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17713 ;;;***
17715 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17716 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17719 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17722 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17724 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17727 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17729 ;;;***
17731 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17732 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17733 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19845 45374))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17736 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17739 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17741 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17744 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17746 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17749 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17751 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17754 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17756 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17759 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17761 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17764 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17766 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17769 \(fn)" nil nil)
17771 ;;;***
17773 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
17774 ;;;;;; 45374))
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17777 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17779 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17780 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17781 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17782 followed by the first character of the construct.
17783 \\<m2-mode-map>
17784 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17785 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17786 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17787 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17788 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17789 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17790 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17791 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17792 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17793 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17794 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17795 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17796 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17797 \\[m2-link] link
17799 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17800 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17801 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17805 ;;;***
17807 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
17808 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19845 45374))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17811 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17812 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17814 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17816 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17817 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
17822 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
17824 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
17827 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17831 ;;;***
17833 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17834 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19845 45374))
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17837 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17838 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17840 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17841 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17842 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17844 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17845 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17846 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17848 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17849 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17851 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17852 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17853 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17854 hemisphere you're in.)
17856 To test this function, evaluate:
17857 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17859 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17862 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17864 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17865 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17867 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17868 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17869 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17871 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17872 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17874 To test this function, evaluate:
17875 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17877 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17879 ;;;***
17881 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19845
17882 ;;;;;; 45374))
17883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17885 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17886 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17887 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17889 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17890 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17892 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17894 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17895 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17896 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17897 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17899 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17901 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17903 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17905 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17906 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17907 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17908 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17909 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17910 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17912 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17913 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17914 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17915 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17916 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17918 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17919 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17921 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17922 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17924 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17926 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17927 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17928 primary selection and region.
17930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17932 ;;;***
17934 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19863 8742))
17935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17937 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17938 Main entry point for MPC.
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17942 ;;;***
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19845 45374))
17945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17947 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17948 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17950 \(fn)" t nil)
17952 ;;;***
17954 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19845 45374))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17957 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17958 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17959 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17962 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17964 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17966 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17967 Toggle Msb mode.
17968 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17969 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17970 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17974 ;;;***
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17977 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17978 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17979 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17980 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17981 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17982 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17984 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17985 Display a list of all character sets.
17987 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17988 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17989 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17990 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17991 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17993 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17994 but still shows the full information.
17996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17998 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17999 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18000 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18002 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18003 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18004 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18005 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18006 meanings of these arguments.
18008 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18010 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18011 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18013 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18015 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18016 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18018 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18021 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18023 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18025 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18026 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18028 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18029 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18030 in place of `..':
18031 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18032 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18033 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18034 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18035 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18036 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18037 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18038 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18039 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18040 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18041 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18042 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18043 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18044 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18045 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18046 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18050 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18051 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18053 \(fn)" t nil)
18055 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18056 Display a list of all coding systems.
18057 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18059 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18060 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18064 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18065 Display a list of all coding categories.
18067 \(fn)" nil nil)
18069 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18070 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18071 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18073 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18075 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18076 Display information about FONTSET.
18077 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18079 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18081 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18082 Display a list of all fontsets.
18083 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18084 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18085 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18087 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18089 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18090 Display information about all input methods.
18092 \(fn)" t nil)
18094 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18095 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18097 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18098 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18099 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18100 system which uses fontsets).
18102 \(fn)" t nil)
18104 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18105 Show log of font listing and opening.
18106 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18107 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18109 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18111 ;;;***
18113 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18114 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18115 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18116 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18117 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18118 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18119 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18121 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18122 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18123 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18125 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18127 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18129 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18130 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18132 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18133 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18135 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18136 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18138 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18140 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18141 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18142 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18143 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18144 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18145 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18146 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18148 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18149 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18150 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18151 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18152 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18153 middle of a character in STR.
18155 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18156 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18158 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18159 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18160 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18161 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18162 defaults to \"...\".
18164 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18166 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18167 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18169 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18170 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18171 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18173 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18174 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18175 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18177 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18178 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18179 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18180 are considered.
18181 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18182 longer than KEYSEQ.
18183 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18185 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18187 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18188 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18189 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18190 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18191 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18192 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18193 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18194 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18195 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18196 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18197 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18199 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18201 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18202 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18204 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18206 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18207 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18209 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18211 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18212 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18214 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18216 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18217 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18219 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18221 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18222 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18223 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18224 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18225 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18227 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18228 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18230 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18231 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18232 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18233 coding systems ordered by priority.
18235 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18237 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18238 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18239 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18240 language environment LANG-ENV.
18242 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18244 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18245 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18246 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18247 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18248 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18249 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18251 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18253 ;;;***
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18256 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18257 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18258 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18259 ;;;;;; 45374))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18262 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18263 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18265 \(fn)" t nil)
18267 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18268 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18270 \(fn)" t nil)
18272 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18273 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18277 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18278 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18280 \(fn)" t nil)
18282 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18283 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18285 \(fn)" t nil)
18287 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18288 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18290 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18292 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18293 Ping HOST.
18294 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18295 `ping-program-options'.
18297 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18299 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18300 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18302 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18304 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18305 Run nslookup program.
18307 \(fn)" t nil)
18309 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18310 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18312 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18314 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18315 Run dig program.
18317 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18319 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18320 Run ftp program.
18322 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18324 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18325 Finger USER on HOST.
18327 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18329 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18330 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18331 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18332 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18334 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18336 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18339 \(fn)" t nil)
18341 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18342 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18344 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18346 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18347 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18349 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18351 ;;;***
18353 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18354 ;;;;;; 45374))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18357 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18358 Return a user name/password pair.
18359 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18360 listed in the PORTS list.
18362 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18364 ;;;***
18366 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18367 ;;;;;; (19864 29553))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18370 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18371 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18372 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18373 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18374 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18375 closes it.
18377 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18378 make it unique.
18379 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18380 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18381 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18382 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18383 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18384 a port number to connect to.
18386 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18387 values:
18389 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18390 nil or `network'
18391 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18392 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18393 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18394 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18395 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18396 an unencrypted connection.
18397 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18398 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18399 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18400 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18401 returned object is a killed process.
18402 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18403 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18404 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18406 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18407 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18408 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18409 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18410 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18411 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18412 or nil if none could be found.
18413 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18414 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18416 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18418 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18419 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18420 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18422 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18423 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18424 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18426 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18427 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18428 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18429 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18431 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18433 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18435 ;;;***
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18438 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18439 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18440 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18441 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18442 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19863 8742))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18445 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18447 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18449 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18451 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18453 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18454 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18455 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18456 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18457 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18458 Major modes should set this variable.")
18460 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18461 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18462 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18463 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18464 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18465 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18467 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18468 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18470 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18471 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18472 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18474 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18475 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18476 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18477 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18478 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18480 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18481 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18482 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18484 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18485 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18486 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18487 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18489 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18490 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18491 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18492 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18493 column indentation or nil.
18494 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18496 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18497 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18498 The function has no args.
18500 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18501 comments always start in column zero.")
18503 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18504 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18505 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18507 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18509 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18510 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18511 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18512 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18514 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18515 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18517 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18519 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18520 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18521 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18522 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18523 customize this variable.
18525 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18526 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18528 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18530 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18531 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18532 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18533 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18534 the variables are properly set.
18536 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18538 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18539 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18541 \(fn)" nil nil)
18543 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18544 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18545 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18547 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18549 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18550 Set the comment column based on point.
18551 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18552 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18553 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18554 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18558 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18559 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18560 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18564 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18565 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18566 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18567 comment markers.
18569 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18571 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18572 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18573 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18574 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18575 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18577 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18578 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18579 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18581 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18582 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18583 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18584 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18585 changed with `comment-style'.
18587 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18589 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18590 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18591 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18592 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18594 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18596 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18597 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18598 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18599 is passed on to the respective function.
18601 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18603 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18604 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18605 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18606 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18607 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18608 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18609 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18610 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18611 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18612 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18614 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18616 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18617 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18618 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18620 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18622 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18623 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18624 This indents the body of the continued comment
18625 under the previous comment line.
18627 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18628 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18629 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18631 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18632 or comment indentation.
18634 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18635 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18637 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18639 ;;;***
18641 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18642 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19845 45374))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18645 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18646 Check whether newsticker is running.
18647 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18648 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18650 \(fn)" nil nil)
18652 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18653 Start the newsticker.
18654 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18655 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18656 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18657 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18659 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18661 ;;;***
18663 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18664 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18665 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18667 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18668 Start newsticker plainview.
18670 \(fn)" t nil)
18672 ;;;***
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18675 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18678 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18679 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18683 ;;;***
18685 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18686 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18689 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18690 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18691 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18692 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18693 empty.
18695 \(fn)" nil nil)
18697 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18698 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18699 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18700 running already.
18702 \(fn)" t nil)
18704 ;;;***
18706 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18707 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18710 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18711 Start newsticker treeview.
18713 \(fn)" t nil)
18715 ;;;***
18717 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18718 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18721 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18722 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18724 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18726 ;;;***
18728 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
18729 ;;;;;; 45374))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18732 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18733 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18734 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18735 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18736 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18737 symbol in the alist.
18739 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18741 ;;;***
18743 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18744 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18747 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18748 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18749 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18751 \(fn)" t nil)
18753 ;;;***
18755 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18756 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18759 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18760 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18762 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18764 ;;;***
18766 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18767 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18770 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18771 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18772 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18774 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18776 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18779 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18781 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18782 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18783 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18784 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18785 to future sessions.
18787 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18789 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18790 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18791 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18792 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18793 to future sessions.
18795 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18797 ;;;***
18799 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18800 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18803 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18804 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18805 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18806 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18807 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18808 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18812 ;;;***
18814 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18815 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18816 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18818 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18819 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18820 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18821 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18823 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18825 ;;;***
18827 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19845
18828 ;;;;;; 45374))
18829 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18831 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18832 Major mode for editing XML.
18834 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18835 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18836 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18837 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18838 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18839 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18840 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18842 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18844 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18845 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18847 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18848 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18849 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18850 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18851 instead of C-c.
18853 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18854 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18855 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18856 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18857 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18858 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18860 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18861 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18862 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18864 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18865 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18866 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18868 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18869 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18870 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18871 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18872 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18873 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18874 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18875 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18876 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18878 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18880 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18881 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18883 \(fn)" t nil)
18885 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18887 ;;;***
18889 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18890 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
18891 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18893 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18894 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18895 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18896 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18900 ;;;***
18902 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18903 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18904 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18905 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18906 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
18907 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
18908 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18909 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18910 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18911 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18912 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19845 45374))
18913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18915 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18918 \(fn)" nil nil)
18920 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18925 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18926 Conditionally expand a source block.
18927 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18928 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18932 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18933 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18934 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18935 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18940 Conditionally pop to a session.
18941 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18942 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18944 \(fn)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18947 Execute the current source code block.
18948 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18949 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18950 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18952 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18953 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18954 returned.
18956 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18957 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18959 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18960 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18961 block.
18963 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18965 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18966 Expand the current source code block.
18967 Expand according to the source code block's header
18968 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18970 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18972 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18973 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18974 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18975 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18976 session.
18978 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18980 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18981 Initiate session for current code block.
18982 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18983 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18984 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18986 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18988 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18989 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18990 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18991 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18992 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18994 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18996 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18997 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18999 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19002 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19003 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19004 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19005 results already exist.
19007 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19009 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19010 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19011 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19012 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19013 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19015 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19016 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19017 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19018 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19019 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19020 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19021 switches --------- string holding the switches
19022 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19023 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19024 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19025 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19026 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19027 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19028 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19029 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19031 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19033 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19035 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19036 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19037 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19038 the current buffer.
19040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19042 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19043 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19044 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19045 the current subtree.
19047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19049 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19050 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19052 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19054 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19055 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19059 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19060 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19064 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19065 Go to a named source-code block.
19067 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19069 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19070 Go to a named result.
19072 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19074 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19075 Jump to the next source block.
19076 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19080 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19081 Jump to the previous source block.
19082 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19086 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19087 Mark current src block
19089 \(fn)" t nil)
19091 ;;;***
19093 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19094 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19095 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19097 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19098 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19100 \(fn)" t nil)
19102 ;;;***
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19105 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19845 45374))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19108 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19109 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19110 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19112 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19114 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19115 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19116 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19117 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19121 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19122 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19124 \(fn)" nil nil)
19126 ;;;***
19128 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19129 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19130 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19133 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19134 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19135 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19136 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19137 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19138 then the name of the language is used.")
19140 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19142 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19143 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19144 This function exports the source code using
19145 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19146 `load-file'.
19148 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19150 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19151 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19152 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19153 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19154 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19155 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19157 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19159 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19160 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19161 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19162 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19163 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19164 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19165 exported source code blocks by language.
19167 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19169 ;;;***
19171 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19172 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19175 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19176 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19177 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19179 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19181 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19182 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19184 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19185 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19186 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19190 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19192 ;;;***
19194 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19195 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19198 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19199 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19201 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19202 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19203 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19204 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19206 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19207 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19208 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19209 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19210 is why you need this mode!).
19212 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19213 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19214 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19216 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19218 Keybindings
19219 ===========
19221 \\{octave-mode-map}
19223 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19224 ==============================================
19226 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19227 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19228 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19230 `octave-block-offset'
19231 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19232 Default is 2.
19234 `octave-continuation-offset'
19235 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19236 Default is 4.
19238 `octave-continuation-string'
19239 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19240 Default is a backslash.
19242 `octave-send-echo-input'
19243 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19244 command to the inferior Octave process.
19246 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19247 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19248 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19250 `octave-send-echo-input'
19251 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19253 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19255 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19256 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19260 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19261 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19263 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19264 (lambda ()
19265 (abbrev-mode 1)
19266 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19268 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19269 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19270 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19271 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19275 ;;;***
19277 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19278 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19279 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19280 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19281 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19282 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19283 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19286 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19287 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19289 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19291 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19292 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19293 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19295 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19296 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19297 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19298 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19299 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19300 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19301 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19302 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19303 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19304 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19306 The following commands are available:
19308 \\{org-mode-map}
19310 \(fn)" t nil)
19312 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19314 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19315 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19316 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19317 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19321 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19322 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19323 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19324 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19325 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19326 defined by Org-mode).
19328 M-up Move entry/item up
19329 M-down Move entry/item down
19330 M-left Promote
19331 M-right Demote
19332 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19333 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19334 M-S-left Promote subtree
19335 M-S-right Demote subtree
19336 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19337 C-c ^ Sort entries
19338 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19339 TAB Cycle item visibility
19340 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19341 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19342 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19346 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19347 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19349 \(fn)" nil nil)
19351 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19352 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19354 \(fn)" nil nil)
19356 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19357 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19358 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19359 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19360 call CMD.
19362 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19364 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19365 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19366 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19367 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19369 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19370 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19371 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19375 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19376 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19377 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19379 \(fn)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19382 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19383 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19384 Org-mode syntax.
19386 \(fn)" t nil)
19388 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19389 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19391 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19393 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19394 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19396 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19397 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19398 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19399 returned as a list.
19401 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19402 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19403 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19404 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19405 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19406 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19407 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19408 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19409 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19410 position.
19412 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19413 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19414 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19415 visited by the iteration.
19417 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19419 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19420 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19421 file The current buffer, without restriction
19422 file-with-archives
19423 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19424 agenda All agenda files
19425 agenda-with-archives
19426 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19427 \(file1 file2 ...)
19428 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19430 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19431 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19433 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19434 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19435 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19436 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19437 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19438 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19439 function leaves it.
19441 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19442 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19443 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19444 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19445 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19446 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19447 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19448 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19450 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19452 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19453 Switch between Org buffers.
19454 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19455 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19457 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19458 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19462 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19464 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19466 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19467 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19468 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19469 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19471 \(fn)" t nil)
19473 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19474 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19476 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19478 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19479 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19480 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19484 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19487 \(fn)" t nil)
19489 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19490 Reload all org lisp files.
19491 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19493 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19495 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19496 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19498 \(fn)" t nil)
19500 ;;;***
19502 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19503 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19504 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19505 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19506 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19845 45374))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19509 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19510 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19511 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19512 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19514 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19515 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19516 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19517 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19518 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19519 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19520 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19521 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19522 e Export views to associated files.
19523 s Search entries for keywords.
19524 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19525 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19526 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19527 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19528 > Remove a previous restriction.
19529 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19530 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19531 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19533 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19534 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19535 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19537 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19538 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19539 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19540 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19541 \(if active).
19543 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19546 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19547 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19548 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19549 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19550 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19551 before running the agenda command.
19553 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19555 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19556 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19557 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19558 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19559 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19560 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19561 before running the agenda command.
19563 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19564 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19566 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19568 category The category of the item
19569 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19570 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19571 todo selected in TODO match
19572 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19573 diary imported from diary
19574 deadline a deadline on given date
19575 scheduled scheduled on given date
19576 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19577 closed entry was closed on given date
19578 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19579 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19580 block entry has date block including g. date
19581 todo The todo keyword, if any
19582 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19583 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19584 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19585 extra Sting with extra planning info
19586 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19587 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19588 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19590 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19592 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19595 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19597 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19598 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19600 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19602 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19603 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19604 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19605 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19607 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19608 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19609 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19610 agenda instead.
19612 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19613 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19614 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19616 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19617 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19619 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19622 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19624 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19625 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19626 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19627 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19628 EDIT-AT.
19630 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19631 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19632 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19633 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19634 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19635 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19637 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19638 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19639 including newlines.
19641 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19642 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19643 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19644 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19645 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19646 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19647 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19649 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19650 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19651 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19652 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19654 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19655 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19656 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19657 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19658 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19659 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19660 Boolean search must match as full words.
19662 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19663 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19665 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19667 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19668 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19669 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19670 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19671 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19672 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19677 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19678 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19680 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19682 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19683 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19684 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19685 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19686 `org-stuck-projects'.
19688 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19690 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19691 Return diary information from org-files.
19692 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19693 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19694 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19695 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19696 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19698 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19700 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19702 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19703 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19705 &%%(org-diary)
19707 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19708 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19709 So the example above may also be written as
19711 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19713 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19714 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19715 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19717 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19719 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19720 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19722 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19725 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19726 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19728 \(fn)" t nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19731 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19732 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19733 appointments.
19735 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19736 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19738 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19739 for filtering entries out.
19741 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19742 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19744 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19745 (category \"Work\"))
19747 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19748 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19750 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19752 ;;;***
19754 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19755 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19756 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19757 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19759 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19760 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19761 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19766 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19767 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19769 \(fn)" t nil)
19771 ;;;***
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19774 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19775 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19776 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19845
19777 ;;;;;; 45374))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19780 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19781 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19783 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19785 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19786 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19788 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19790 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19791 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19795 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19796 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19798 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19800 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19801 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19802 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19806 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19807 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19808 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19809 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19810 command to convert it.
19812 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19815 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19816 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19817 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19818 cut-and-paste operations.
19819 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19820 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19821 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19822 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19824 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19826 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19827 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19829 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19831 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19832 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19833 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19834 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19835 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19836 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19837 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19838 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19839 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19840 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19841 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19842 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19843 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19844 publishing directory.
19846 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19848 ;;;***
19850 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19845
19851 ;;;;;; 45374))
19852 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19854 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19855 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19856 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19858 \(fn)" t nil)
19860 ;;;***
19862 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19863 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19866 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19867 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19869 \(fn)" nil nil)
19871 ;;;***
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19874 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19845 45374))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19877 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19878 Capture something.
19879 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19880 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19881 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19882 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19883 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19884 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19886 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19887 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19888 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19889 stored.
19891 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19893 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19894 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19895 bypassed.
19897 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19899 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19902 \(fn)" nil nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19905 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19907 \(fn)" t nil)
19909 ;;;***
19911 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19912 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19845 45374))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19915 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19916 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19917 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19918 fontified, and then returned.
19920 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19922 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19923 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19925 \(fn)" nil nil)
19927 ;;;***
19929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19930 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19845 45374))
19931 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19933 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19934 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19935 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19936 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19937 tree can be found.
19939 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19941 ;;;***
19943 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19944 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19945 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19946 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19845 45374))
19947 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19949 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19950 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19951 This function can be used in batch processing.
19953 For example:
19955 $ emacs --batch
19956 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19957 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19959 \(fn)" nil nil)
19961 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19962 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19963 No file is created.
19965 \(fn)" t nil)
19967 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19968 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19969 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19970 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19971 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19972 then use this command to convert it.
19974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19976 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19977 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19978 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19979 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19980 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19981 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19982 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19983 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19984 could call this function in the following way:
19986 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19988 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19989 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19991 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19993 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19994 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19996 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19998 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19999 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20001 \(fn)" t nil)
20003 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20004 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20005 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20006 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20007 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20008 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20009 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20010 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20011 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20012 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20013 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20014 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20015 publishing directory.
20017 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20019 ;;;***
20021 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20022 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20023 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20026 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20027 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20028 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20029 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20030 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20032 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20033 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20034 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20039 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20040 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20041 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20042 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20043 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20044 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20045 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20046 command.
20048 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20050 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20051 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20052 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20053 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20054 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20056 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20057 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20058 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20059 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20061 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20062 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20063 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20065 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20066 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20067 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20068 directory.
20070 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20072 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20073 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20075 \(fn)" t nil)
20077 ;;;***
20079 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20080 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19845
20081 ;;;;;; 45374))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20084 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20085 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20087 \(fn)" t nil)
20089 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20090 Get inbox items from FEED.
20091 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20092 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20094 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20096 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20097 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20099 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20101 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20102 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20104 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20106 ;;;***
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20109 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19845 45374))
20110 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20112 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20113 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20114 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20115 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
20116 create a new footnote, interactively.
20117 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20119 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20122 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20123 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20124 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20125 Org-mode exporters.
20126 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20127 referenced sequence.
20129 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20131 ;;;***
20133 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20134 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20135 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20136 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19845 45374))
20137 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20139 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20140 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20141 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20142 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20143 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20144 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20145 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20146 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20147 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20148 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20149 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20150 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20151 directory.
20153 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20155 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20157 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20158 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20160 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20162 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20163 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20164 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20166 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20168 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20169 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20170 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20171 have them in `org-mode'.
20173 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20174 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20175 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20176 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20177 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20178 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20180 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20182 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20183 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20185 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20187 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20188 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20190 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20192 ;;;***
20194 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20195 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20196 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20197 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19845 45374))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20200 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20202 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20204 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20206 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20207 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20208 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20209 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20210 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20212 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20214 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20215 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20216 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20217 emacs --batch
20218 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20219 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20220 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20222 \(fn)" nil nil)
20224 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20225 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20226 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20230 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20231 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20232 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20233 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20234 command to convert it.
20236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20239 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20240 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20241 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20242 cut-and-paste operations.
20243 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20244 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20245 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20246 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20248 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20250 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20251 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20253 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20255 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20256 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20257 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20258 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20259 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20260 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20261 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20262 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20263 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20264 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20265 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20266 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20267 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20268 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20269 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20271 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20273 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20274 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20275 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20276 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20277 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20278 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20279 need into your CSS file.
20281 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20282 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20283 that uses these same face definitions.
20285 \(fn)" t nil)
20287 ;;;***
20289 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20290 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20291 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20292 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20294 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20295 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20296 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20297 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20299 \(fn)" t nil)
20301 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20302 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20303 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20304 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20308 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20309 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20310 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20317 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20318 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20319 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20322 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20323 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20324 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20325 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20327 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20329 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20330 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20331 Create an ID if necessary.
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20335 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20336 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20337 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20338 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20339 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20340 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20341 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20343 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20345 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20346 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20347 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20348 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20349 eligible.
20350 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20352 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20354 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20355 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20356 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20357 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20359 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20361 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20362 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20363 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20365 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20367 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20368 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20369 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20370 if there is no entry with that ID.
20371 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20373 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20375 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20376 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20378 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20380 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20381 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20383 \(fn)" t nil)
20385 ;;;***
20387 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20388 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20389 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20391 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20392 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20394 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20395 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20396 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20400 ;;;***
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20403 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20406 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20407 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411 ;;;***
20413 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20414 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20415 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20416 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20419 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20420 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20421 For example:
20423 emacs --batch
20424 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20425 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20426 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20430 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20431 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20432 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20436 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20437 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20438 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20439 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20440 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20441 then use this command to convert it.
20443 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20445 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20446 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20447 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20448 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20449 cut-and-paste operations.
20450 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20451 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20452 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20453 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20455 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20457 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20458 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20460 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20462 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20463 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20464 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20465 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20466 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20467 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20468 convert them as description lists.
20469 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20470 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20471 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20472 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20473 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20474 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20475 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20476 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20477 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20478 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20479 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20481 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20483 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20484 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20486 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20488 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20489 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20493 ;;;***
20495 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20496 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19845
20497 ;;;;;; 45374))
20498 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20500 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20501 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20502 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20503 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20505 \(fn)" t nil)
20507 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20508 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20509 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20510 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20514 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20515 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20519 ;;;***
20521 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20522 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20523 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20525 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20526 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20527 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20528 line directly before or after the table.
20530 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20532 ;;;***
20534 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20535 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20536 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20539 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20541 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20542 Publish PROJECT.
20544 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20546 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20547 Publish all projects.
20548 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20549 directory and force publishing all files.
20551 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20553 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20554 Publish the current file.
20555 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20557 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20559 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20560 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20561 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20562 the project.
20564 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20566 ;;;***
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20569 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20570 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19845 45374))
20571 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20573 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20574 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20576 \(fn)" nil nil)
20578 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20579 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20580 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20581 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20582 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20584 \(fn)" nil nil)
20586 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20587 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20588 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20589 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20591 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20593 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20594 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20595 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20596 of the remember buffer.
20598 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20599 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20600 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20601 note stored by remember.
20603 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20604 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20606 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20608 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20609 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20610 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20611 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20612 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20613 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20614 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20615 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20616 process is used to select the target location.
20618 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20619 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20621 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20622 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20623 currently running.
20625 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20626 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20627 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20628 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20630 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20631 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20632 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20633 some additional data.
20635 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20636 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20637 \(i.e. after the stars).
20639 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20641 \(fn)" nil nil)
20643 ;;;***
20645 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20646 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19845 45374))
20647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20649 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20650 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20652 \(fn)" nil nil)
20654 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20655 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20659 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20660 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20661 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20662 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20663 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20665 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20667 ;;;***
20669 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20670 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19845 45374))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20673 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20674 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20675 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20676 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20677 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20678 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20679 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20680 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20681 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20682 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20683 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20684 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20686 \(fn)" t nil)
20688 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20689 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20690 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20694 ;;;***
20696 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20697 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20698 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20701 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20702 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20703 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20704 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20705 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20706 without user interaction.
20707 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20708 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20709 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20710 the region 0:00:00.
20712 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20714 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20715 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20716 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20717 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20718 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20719 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20720 that was not started at the correct moment.
20722 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20723 it in the buffer.
20725 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20727 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20728 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20730 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20732 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20733 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20737 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20738 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20740 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20741 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20742 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20744 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20745 the duration of the timer.
20747 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20748 without prompting the user for a duration.
20750 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20751 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20752 replace any running timer.
20754 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20756 ;;;***
20758 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20759 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20760 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20762 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20763 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20764 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20766 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20768 ;;;***
20770 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20771 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20773 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20774 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20776 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20777 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20778 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20779 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20781 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20782 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20783 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20784 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20786 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20787 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20788 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20789 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20790 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20791 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20793 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20794 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20795 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20797 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20798 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20799 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20800 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20801 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20802 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20803 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20804 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20805 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20806 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20807 The subheadings remain visible.
20808 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20810 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20811 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20812 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20814 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20815 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20819 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20820 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20821 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20822 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20825 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20827 ;;;***
20829 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20830 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20831 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20832 ;;;;;; (19864 29553))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20835 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20836 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20837 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20838 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20839 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20841 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20842 activate the package system at any time.")
20844 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20846 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20847 Install the package named NAME.
20848 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20849 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20851 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20853 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20854 Install a package from the current buffer.
20855 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20856 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20857 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20859 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20860 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20861 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20863 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20865 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20866 Install a package from a file.
20867 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20869 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20871 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20872 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20873 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20874 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20876 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20878 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20879 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20881 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20883 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20884 Display a list of packages.
20885 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20886 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20888 \(fn)" t nil)
20890 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20892 ;;;***
20894 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19845 45374))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20897 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20898 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20899 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20902 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20904 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20906 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20907 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20908 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20909 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20911 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20912 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20916 ;;;***
20918 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20919 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20921 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20923 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20924 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20925 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20926 unknown are returned as nil.
20928 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20930 ;;;***
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19845
20933 ;;;;;; 45374))
20934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20936 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20937 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20938 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20940 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20941 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20943 Other useful functions are:
20945 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20946 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20947 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20948 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20949 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20950 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20951 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20952 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20953 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20955 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20957 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20958 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20959 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20960 Indentation for case statements.
20961 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20962 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20963 mark after an end.
20964 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20965 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20966 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20967 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20968 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20969 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20970 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20971 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20972 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20973 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20975 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20976 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20978 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20979 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20981 \(fn)" t nil)
20983 ;;;***
20985 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20986 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (19845 45374))
20987 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20989 (defvar password-cache t "\
20990 Whether to cache passwords.")
20992 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20994 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20995 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20996 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20998 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21000 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21001 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21003 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21005 ;;;***
21007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21008 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21011 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21012 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21013 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21015 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21016 _ matches anything.
21017 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21018 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21019 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21020 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21021 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21022 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21023 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21024 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21025 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21027 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21028 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21029 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21030 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21031 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21032 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21034 PRED can take the form
21035 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21036 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21037 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21038 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21039 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21040 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21041 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21043 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21045 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21047 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21048 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21049 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21050 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21052 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21054 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21056 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21057 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21058 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21059 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21061 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21063 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21065 ;;;***
21067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19845
21068 ;;;;;; 45374))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21071 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21072 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21074 \(fn)" nil nil)
21076 ;;;***
21078 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21079 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19845 45374))
21080 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21082 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21083 Completion for `gzip'.
21085 \(fn)" nil nil)
21087 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21088 Completion for `bzip2'.
21090 \(fn)" nil nil)
21092 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21093 Completion for GNU `make'.
21095 \(fn)" nil nil)
21097 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21098 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21100 \(fn)" nil nil)
21102 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21104 ;;;***
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21107 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19845 45374))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21110 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21111 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21113 \(fn)" nil nil)
21115 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21116 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21118 \(fn)" nil nil)
21120 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21121 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21123 \(fn)" nil nil)
21125 ;;;***
21127 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19845
21128 ;;;;;; 45374))
21129 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21131 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21132 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21134 \(fn)" nil nil)
21136 ;;;***
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21139 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21140 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21141 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21143 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21144 Completion for `cd'.
21146 \(fn)" nil nil)
21148 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21150 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21151 Completion for `rmdir'.
21153 \(fn)" nil nil)
21155 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21156 Completion for `rm'.
21158 \(fn)" nil nil)
21160 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21161 Completion for `xargs'.
21163 \(fn)" nil nil)
21165 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21167 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21168 Completion for `which'.
21170 \(fn)" nil nil)
21172 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21173 Completion for the `chown' command.
21175 \(fn)" nil nil)
21177 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21178 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21180 \(fn)" nil nil)
21182 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21183 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21185 \(fn)" nil nil)
21187 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21188 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21189 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21191 \(fn)" nil nil)
21193 ;;;***
21195 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21196 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21197 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19845
21198 ;;;;;; 45374))
21199 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21201 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21202 Support extensible programmable completion.
21203 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21204 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21206 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21209 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21211 \(fn)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21214 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21215 This will modify the current buffer.
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21220 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21225 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21226 This will modify the current buffer.
21228 \(fn)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21231 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21236 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21241 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21242 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21243 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21244 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21246 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21248 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21249 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21251 \(fn)" nil nil)
21253 ;;;***
21255 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21256 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21257 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21260 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21261 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21262 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21263 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21265 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21267 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21270 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21271 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21272 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21273 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21274 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21275 FLAGS is ignored.
21277 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21280 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21281 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21282 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21283 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21284 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21285 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21286 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21288 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21290 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21291 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21292 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21293 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21294 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21295 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21296 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21297 passed to cvs.
21299 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21302 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21303 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21304 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21305 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21306 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21307 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21309 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21311 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21312 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21313 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21315 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21317 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21318 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21319 A value of nil means never do it.
21320 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21321 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21322 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21324 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21326 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21327 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21328 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21330 ;;;***
21332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19845 45374))
21333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21335 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21337 ;;;***
21339 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21340 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21342 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21343 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21344 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21345 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21346 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21347 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21349 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21350 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21351 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21352 Tab indents for Perl code.
21353 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21354 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21355 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21356 \\{perl-mode-map}
21357 Variables controlling indentation style:
21358 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21359 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21360 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21361 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21362 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21363 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21364 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21365 `perl-nochange'
21366 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21367 `perl-indent-level'
21368 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21369 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21370 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21371 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21372 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21373 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21374 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21375 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21376 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21377 `perl-brace-offset'
21378 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21379 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21380 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21381 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21382 `perl-label-offset'
21383 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21384 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21385 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21387 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21388 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21389 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21390 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21391 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21392 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21393 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21395 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21399 ;;;***
21401 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21402 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21405 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21406 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21407 \\<picture-mode-map>
21408 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21409 afterwards settable by these commands:
21411 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21412 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21413 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21414 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21416 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21417 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21418 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21419 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21421 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21422 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21423 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21424 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21426 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21427 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21428 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21429 with these commands:
21431 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21432 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21433 Move to column following last
21434 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21435 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21436 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21437 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21438 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21439 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21441 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21443 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21444 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21445 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21446 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21447 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21448 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21450 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21451 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21452 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21453 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21454 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21455 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21456 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21458 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21459 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21460 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21461 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21462 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21463 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21464 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21465 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21467 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21468 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21469 by supplying an argument.
21471 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21473 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21474 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21478 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21480 ;;;***
21482 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21483 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21486 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21487 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21488 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21490 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21492 ;;;***
21494 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21497 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21498 Play pong and waste time.
21499 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21500 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21502 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21504 \\{pong-mode-map}
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21508 ;;;***
21510 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19845 45374))
21511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21513 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21514 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21515 Use streaming commands.
21517 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21519 ;;;***
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21522 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21523 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21526 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21527 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21528 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21529 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21531 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21533 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21534 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21536 \(fn)" nil nil)
21538 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21539 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21540 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21541 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21542 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21544 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21546 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21547 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21548 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21550 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21552 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21553 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21555 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21557 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21558 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21559 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21560 Ignores leading comment characters.
21562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21565 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21566 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21567 Ignores leading comment characters.
21569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21571 ;;;***
21573 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21574 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21575 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21576 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21577 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21578 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21579 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21580 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21582 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21583 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21584 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21585 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21586 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21587 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21588 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21589 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21590 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21591 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21592 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21594 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21595 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21597 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21599 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21603 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21604 Preview directory using ghostview.
21606 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21607 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21608 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21609 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21611 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21612 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21613 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21614 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21615 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21616 file name.
21618 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21620 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21623 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21625 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21626 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21627 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21628 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21630 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21631 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21632 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21633 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21634 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21635 file name.
21637 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21639 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21642 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21644 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21645 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21646 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21647 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21649 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21650 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21651 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21652 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21653 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21654 file name.
21656 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21658 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21661 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21663 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21665 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21666 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21667 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21668 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21670 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21671 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21672 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21673 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21674 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21675 file name.
21677 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21679 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21682 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21684 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21685 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21686 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21688 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21689 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21690 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21691 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21693 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21696 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21698 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21699 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21700 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21702 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21703 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21704 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21705 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21707 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21710 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21712 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21713 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21714 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21716 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21717 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21718 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21719 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21721 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21723 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21724 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21726 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21728 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21729 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21730 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21732 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21733 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21734 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21735 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21737 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21740 Preview region using ghostview.
21742 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21744 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21746 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21747 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21749 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21751 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21754 Print region using PostScript printer.
21756 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21758 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21760 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21761 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21763 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21765 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21767 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21768 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21770 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21772 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21775 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21777 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21779 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21781 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21782 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21784 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21786 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21789 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21791 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21793 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21796 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21797 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21798 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21800 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21801 matching.
21803 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21804 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21806 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21808 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21811 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21812 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21813 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21815 \(fn)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21818 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21819 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21820 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21822 \(fn)" t nil)
21824 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21825 Print directory using text printer.
21827 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21828 matching.
21830 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21831 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21833 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21835 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21838 Print buffer using text printer.
21840 \(fn)" t nil)
21842 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21843 Print region using text printer.
21845 \(fn)" t nil)
21847 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21848 Print major mode using text printer.
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21853 Preview spooled PostScript.
21855 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21856 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21857 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21859 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21860 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21861 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21863 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21865 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21866 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21868 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21869 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21870 instead of sending it to the printer.
21872 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21873 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21874 image in a file with that name.
21876 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21878 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21879 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21881 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21882 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21883 instead of sending it to the printer.
21885 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21886 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21887 image in a file with that name.
21889 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21891 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21892 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21894 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21895 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21896 instead of sending it to the printer.
21898 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21899 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21900 image in a file with that name.
21902 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21905 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21910 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21912 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21914 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21915 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21917 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21919 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21920 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21922 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21924 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21925 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21927 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21930 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21933 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21934 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21935 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21938 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21939 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21940 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21941 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21942 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21943 file name.
21945 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21947 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21948 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21950 \(fn)" t nil)
21952 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21953 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21955 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21956 right.
21957 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21958 bottom.
21960 \(fn)" t nil)
21962 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21963 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21965 \(fn)" t nil)
21967 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21968 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21970 \(fn)" t nil)
21972 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21973 Toggle printing with faces.
21975 \(fn)" t nil)
21977 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21978 Toggle spooling.
21980 \(fn)" t nil)
21982 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21983 Toggle duplex.
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21987 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21988 Toggle tumble.
21990 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21991 right.
21992 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21993 bottom.
21995 \(fn)" t nil)
21997 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21998 Toggle landscape.
22000 \(fn)" t nil)
22002 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22003 Toggle upside-down.
22005 \(fn)" t nil)
22007 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22008 Toggle line number.
22010 \(fn)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22013 Toggle zebra stripes.
22015 \(fn)" t nil)
22017 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22018 Toggle printing header.
22020 \(fn)" t nil)
22022 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22023 Toggle printing header frame.
22025 \(fn)" t nil)
22027 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22028 Toggle menu lock.
22030 \(fn)" t nil)
22032 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22033 Toggle auto region.
22035 \(fn)" t nil)
22037 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22038 Toggle auto mode.
22040 \(fn)" t nil)
22042 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22043 Customization of the `printing' group.
22045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22047 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22048 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22050 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22052 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22053 Help for the printing package.
22055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22058 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22060 \(fn)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22063 Interactively select a text printer.
22065 \(fn)" t nil)
22067 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22068 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22070 \(fn)" t nil)
22072 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22073 Show current ps-print settings.
22075 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22077 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22078 Show current printing settings.
22080 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22082 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22083 Show current lpr settings.
22085 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22087 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22088 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22090 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22091 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22092 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22093 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22096 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22098 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22099 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22100 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22102 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22103 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22104 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22105 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22106 current active printer.
22108 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22109 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22110 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22111 printer.
22113 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22114 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22115 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22116 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22117 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22120 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22121 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22123 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22125 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22126 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22127 be done using the new current active printer.
22129 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22130 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22131 printer.
22133 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22134 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22135 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22136 instead of sending it to the printer.
22138 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22139 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22140 printer.
22142 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22145 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22146 are both set to t.
22148 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22150 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22151 Fast fire function for text printing.
22153 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22154 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22155 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22156 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22158 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22159 user for a new active text printer.
22161 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22163 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22165 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22166 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22167 printer.
22169 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22171 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22172 are both set to t.
22174 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22176 ;;;***
22178 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19845 45374))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22181 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22182 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22183 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22184 information will be displayed but not selected.
22185 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22187 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22194 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19845 45374))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22197 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22198 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22200 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22201 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22203 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22205 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22206 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22208 Commands:
22209 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22210 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22211 if that value is non-nil.
22213 \(fn)" t nil)
22215 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22216 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22217 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22221 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22222 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22223 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22225 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22227 ;;;***
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22230 ;;;;;; 45374))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22233 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22234 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22235 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22237 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22239 ;;;***
22241 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19845
22242 ;;;;;; 45374))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22245 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22246 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22248 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22250 The following variables hold user options, and can
22251 be set through the `customize' command:
22253 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22254 `ps-mode-tab'
22255 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22256 `ps-mode-print-function'
22257 `ps-run-prompt'
22258 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22259 `ps-run-x'
22260 `ps-run-dumb'
22261 `ps-run-init'
22262 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22263 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22265 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22268 \\{ps-mode-map}
22271 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22272 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22273 The keymap for this second window is:
22275 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22278 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22279 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22280 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22281 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22282 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22284 \(fn)" t nil)
22286 ;;;***
22288 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22289 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22290 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22291 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22292 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22293 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19845
22294 ;;;;;; 45374))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22297 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22298 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22299 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22301 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22303 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22304 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22305 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22306 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22308 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22310 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22311 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22313 Valid values are:
22315 nil Do not print colors.
22317 t Print colors.
22319 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22320 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22322 Any other value is treated as t.")
22324 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22326 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22327 Customization of ps-print group.
22329 \(fn)" t nil)
22331 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22332 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22334 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22335 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22336 sending it to the printer.
22338 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22339 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22340 image in a file with that name.
22342 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22344 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22345 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22346 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22347 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22348 so it has a way to determine color values.
22350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22352 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22353 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22354 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22356 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22358 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22359 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22360 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22361 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22362 so it has a way to determine color values.
22364 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22366 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22367 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22368 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22369 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22371 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22373 \(fn)" t nil)
22375 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22376 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22377 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22378 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22379 so it has a way to determine color values.
22381 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22383 \(fn)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22386 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22387 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22389 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22393 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22394 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22395 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22396 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22397 so it has a way to determine color values.
22399 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22401 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22403 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22404 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22406 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22407 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22408 instead of sending it to the printer.
22410 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22411 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22412 image in a file with that name.
22414 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22417 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22418 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22419 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22420 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22422 \(fn)" t nil)
22424 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22425 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22426 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22428 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22430 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22431 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22432 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22434 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22436 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22437 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22439 \(fn)" nil nil)
22441 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22442 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22444 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22445 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22447 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22448 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22450 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22452 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22454 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22456 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22457 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22459 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22460 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22462 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22463 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22465 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22467 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22469 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22471 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22472 foreground and background colors respectively.
22474 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22475 bold - use bold font.
22476 italic - use italic font.
22477 underline - put a line under text.
22478 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22479 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22480 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22481 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22482 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22484 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22486 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22488 ;;;***
22490 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
22491 ;;;;;; (19860 32495))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22494 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22496 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22500 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22501 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22502 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22503 show the buffer automatically.
22505 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22506 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22508 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22509 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22510 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22511 switch to that buffer.
22513 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22514 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22515 process buffer for a list of commands.
22517 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22518 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22519 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22521 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22523 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22524 Major mode for editing Python files.
22525 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22526 for correct parsing of the source.
22527 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22528 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22529 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22531 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22532 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22533 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22534 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22535 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22536 \\<python-mode-map>
22537 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22538 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22539 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22540 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22541 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22542 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22544 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22545 effect outside them.
22547 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22548 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22549 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22550 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22551 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22552 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22553 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22554 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22555 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22557 \\{python-mode-map}
22559 \(fn)" t nil)
22561 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22562 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22563 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22564 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22566 \(fn)" t nil)
22568 ;;;***
22570 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22571 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22574 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22575 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22576 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22577 coding-system.
22579 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22580 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22582 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22583 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22584 them into characters should be done separately.
22586 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22588 ;;;***
22590 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22591 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22592 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22593 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22594 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19845 45374))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22597 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22598 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22600 \(fn)" nil nil)
22602 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22603 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22604 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22606 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22607 `quail-activate', which see.
22609 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22611 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22612 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22613 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22614 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22615 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22616 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22617 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22619 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22620 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22621 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22622 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22623 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22624 shown.
22625 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22627 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22628 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22629 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22630 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22631 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22632 list of candidates.
22634 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22635 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22636 command to be called.
22638 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22639 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22640 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22641 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22643 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22644 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22645 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22646 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22647 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22648 to t.
22650 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22651 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22652 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22653 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22655 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22656 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22657 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22658 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22660 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22661 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22662 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22663 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22664 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22665 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22667 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22668 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22669 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22670 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22671 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22672 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22674 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22675 covers Quail translation region.
22677 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22678 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22679 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22680 for it) is inserted.
22682 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22683 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22684 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22686 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22687 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22688 non-Quail commands.
22690 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22692 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22693 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22695 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22696 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22697 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22698 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22699 you type is correctly handled.
22701 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22703 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22704 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22706 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22707 keyboard type.
22709 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22711 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22712 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22713 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22714 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22715 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22716 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22717 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22718 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22719 for the translation.
22720 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22722 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22723 it is used to handle KEY.
22725 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22726 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22727 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22728 the following annotation types are supported.
22730 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22731 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22733 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22734 candidate list.
22736 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22737 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22738 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22739 inserted.
22741 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22742 generated for the following translations.
22744 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22746 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22747 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22749 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22750 which to install MAP.
22752 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22754 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22756 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22757 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22759 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22760 which to install MAP.
22762 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22764 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22766 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22767 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22768 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22769 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22770 a function, or a cons.
22771 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22772 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22773 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22774 for the translation.
22775 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22776 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22777 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22778 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22779 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22781 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22782 it is used to handle KEY.
22784 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22785 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22786 current Quail package.
22788 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22789 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22791 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22793 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22794 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22796 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22797 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22799 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22801 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22802 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22804 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22806 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22807 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22808 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22809 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22810 of the Emacs source tree.
22812 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22813 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22815 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22816 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22817 of each directory.
22819 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22821 ;;;***
22823 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22824 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22825 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19845
22826 ;;;;;; 45374))
22827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22829 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22830 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22831 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22832 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22834 To make use of this do something like:
22836 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22838 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22840 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22841 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22843 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22844 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22845 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22847 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22849 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22850 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22852 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22854 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22855 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22857 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22858 is decided.
22860 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22862 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22863 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22865 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22866 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22867 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22869 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22871 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22872 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22874 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22876 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22877 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22879 \(fn)" t nil)
22881 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22882 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22884 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22886 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22888 \(fn)" t nil)
22890 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22891 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22893 \(fn)" t nil)
22895 ;;;***
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22898 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19867 5739))
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22901 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22902 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22904 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22906 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22910 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22912 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22915 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22917 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22918 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22919 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22922 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22924 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22926 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22927 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22931 ;;;***
22933 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
22934 ;;;;;; 45374))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22937 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22938 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22939 See \\[compile].
22941 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22943 ;;;***
22945 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22946 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22949 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22951 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22952 Construct a regexp interactively.
22954 \(fn)" t nil)
22956 ;;;***
22958 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19845 45374))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22961 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22962 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22963 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22966 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22968 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22970 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22971 Toggle recentf mode.
22972 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22973 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22975 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22976 that were operated on recently.
22978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22980 ;;;***
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22983 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22984 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
22985 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
22986 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22988 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22989 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22990 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22991 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22992 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22993 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22994 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
22996 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22997 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22998 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22999 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23000 ends.
23002 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23003 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23004 to be deleted.
23006 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23008 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23009 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23010 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23012 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23013 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23014 deleted.
23016 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23018 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23019 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23020 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23022 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23024 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23025 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23027 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23028 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23030 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23031 deleted.
23033 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23034 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23035 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23036 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23037 even beep.)
23039 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23041 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23042 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23044 \(fn)" t nil)
23046 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23047 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23048 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23049 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23050 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23051 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23052 and point is at the lower right corner.
23054 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23056 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23057 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23059 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23060 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23062 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23063 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23064 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23066 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23068 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23070 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23071 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23072 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23073 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23074 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23076 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23077 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23079 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23081 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23082 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23083 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23085 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23087 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23089 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23091 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23092 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23094 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23095 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23096 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23098 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23100 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23101 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23102 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23104 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23105 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23106 rectangle which were empty.
23108 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23110 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23111 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23113 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23114 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23115 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23116 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23118 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23120 ;;;***
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23123 ;;;;;; 45374))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23126 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23127 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23128 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23130 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23131 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23132 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23136 ;;;***
23138 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23139 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23142 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23143 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23145 \(fn)" nil nil)
23147 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23148 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23150 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23151 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23153 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23154 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23155 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23156 \\ref macro.
23158 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23159 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23160 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23162 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23163 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23164 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23166 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23167 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23169 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23170 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23172 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23173 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23174 on the menu bar.
23176 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23180 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23181 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23182 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23184 \(fn)" nil nil)
23186 ;;;***
23188 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23189 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23192 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23193 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23194 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23195 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23196 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23197 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23199 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23201 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23203 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23204 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23205 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23206 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23207 `reftex-cite-format'.
23209 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23210 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23211 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23212 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23214 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23216 ;;;***
23218 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23219 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23222 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23223 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23224 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23225 the current TeX document.
23227 With no argument, this command toggles
23228 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23229 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23233 ;;;***
23235 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23236 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23237 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23239 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23240 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23241 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23243 To insert new phrases, use
23244 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23245 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23247 To index phrases use one of:
23249 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23250 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23251 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23252 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23253 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23255 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23256 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23258 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23260 Here are all local bindings.
23262 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23264 \(fn)" t nil)
23266 ;;;***
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23269 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23272 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23273 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23274 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23275 of master file.
23277 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23279 ;;;***
23281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23282 ;;;;;; 45374))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23284 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23285 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23286 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23287 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23289 ;;;***
23291 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23295 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23296 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23297 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23298 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23299 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23300 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23302 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23303 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23305 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23306 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23307 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23308 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23310 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23312 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23313 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23314 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23315 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23317 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23319 ;;;***
23321 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23322 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23323 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23326 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23327 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23328 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23329 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23331 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23333 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23335 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23336 Call `remember' in another frame.
23338 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23340 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23341 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23342 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23343 application.
23345 \(fn)" t nil)
23347 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23348 Extract diary entries from the region.
23350 \(fn)" nil nil)
23352 ;;;***
23354 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19845 45374))
23355 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23357 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23358 Repeat most recently executed command.
23359 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23360 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23361 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23363 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23364 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23365 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23366 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23368 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23369 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23370 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23372 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23374 ;;;***
23376 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23377 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23380 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23381 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23383 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23384 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23385 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23386 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23387 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23388 and point is left after the salutation.
23390 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23391 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23392 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23393 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23394 left after that text.
23396 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23397 is non-nil.
23399 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23400 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23401 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23402 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23404 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23406 ;;;***
23408 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23409 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23410 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23412 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23413 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23414 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23415 visibility of comments that precede it.
23416 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23417 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23418 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23419 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23420 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23421 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23422 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23423 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23424 the comment lines.
23425 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23426 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23427 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23428 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23429 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23433 ;;;***
23435 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23436 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23437 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23439 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23440 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23441 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23443 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23444 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23445 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23449 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23450 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23451 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23452 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23453 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23454 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23456 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23458 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23459 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23460 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23462 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23463 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23464 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23468 ;;;***
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23471 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23474 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23475 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23477 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23479 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23480 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23482 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23484 ;;;***
23486 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19845 45374))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23488 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23490 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23491 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23492 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23493 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23495 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23497 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23498 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23499 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23500 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23502 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23503 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23505 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23506 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23508 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23509 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23510 INPUT-ARGS.
23512 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23513 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23514 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23515 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23516 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23518 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23519 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23520 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23521 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23523 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23524 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23525 variable.
23527 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23529 ;;;***
23531 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23532 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23533 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23534 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23535 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23536 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19845 45374))
23537 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23539 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23540 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23541 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23543 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23545 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23546 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23547 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23548 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23549 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23550 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23551 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23553 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23554 sent by you under different user names.
23555 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23557 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23559 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23561 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23563 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23564 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23565 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23566 explicitly.")
23568 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23570 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23571 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23572 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23573 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23574 which normally happens once for each message,
23575 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23576 To make a change in this variable take effect
23577 for a message that you have already viewed,
23578 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23580 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23582 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23583 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23584 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23585 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23587 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23589 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23590 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23592 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23594 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23595 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23596 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23598 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23600 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23601 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23602 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23603 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23604 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23605 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23607 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23609 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23610 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23612 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23614 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23615 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23617 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23619 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23620 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23622 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23623 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23625 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23627 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23628 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23630 This is set to nil by default.")
23632 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23633 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23634 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23635 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23636 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23637 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23638 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23640 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23641 Read and edit incoming mail.
23642 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23643 file in RMAIL Mode.
23644 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23646 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23647 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23648 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23649 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23651 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23655 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23656 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23657 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23658 Instead, these commands are available:
23660 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23661 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23662 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23663 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23664 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23665 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23666 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23667 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23668 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23669 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23670 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23671 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23672 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23673 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23674 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23675 till a deleted message is found.
23676 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23677 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23678 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23679 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23680 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23681 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23682 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23683 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23684 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23685 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23686 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23687 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23688 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23689 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23690 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23691 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23692 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23693 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23694 (label defaults to last one specified).
23695 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23696 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23697 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23698 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23699 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23700 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23701 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23702 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23703 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23705 \(fn)" t nil)
23707 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23708 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23710 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23712 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23713 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23715 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23717 ;;;***
23719 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23720 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23722 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23724 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23725 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23726 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23727 case it writes Babyl.
23729 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23730 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23731 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23732 `rmail-default-file'.
23734 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23735 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23736 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23738 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23739 the header display is currently pruned.
23741 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23742 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23743 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23744 messages after output.
23746 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23747 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23748 message (if writing a file directly).
23750 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23751 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23753 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23755 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23756 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23757 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23758 i) the header is output as currently seen
23759 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23760 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23762 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23763 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23764 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23766 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23768 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23769 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23770 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23771 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23772 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23773 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23774 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23776 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23777 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23778 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23780 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23782 ;;;***
23784 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23788 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23789 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23790 Return a pattern.
23792 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23794 ;;;***
23796 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23797 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23798 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23800 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23801 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23802 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23803 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23805 \(fn)" t nil)
23807 ;;;***
23809 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23810 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23813 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23814 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23816 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23817 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23818 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23819 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23820 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23821 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23822 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23823 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23824 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23825 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23827 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23828 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23829 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23830 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23831 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23832 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23833 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23834 to use for finding the schema.
23836 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23838 ;;;***
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19845
23841 ;;;;;; 45374))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23844 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23846 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23847 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23848 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23849 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23850 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23851 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23852 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23853 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23854 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23855 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23856 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23857 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23858 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23859 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23860 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23861 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23862 must be equal.
23864 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23866 ;;;***
23868 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23869 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
23870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23872 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23873 Define a robin package.
23875 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23876 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23877 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23878 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23880 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23881 one replaces the old one.
23883 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23885 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23886 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23888 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23889 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23890 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23892 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23894 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23895 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23897 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23899 ;;;***
23901 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23902 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
23903 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23905 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23906 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23908 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23910 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23911 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23913 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23915 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23916 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23918 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23920 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23921 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23922 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23924 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23925 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23926 in ROT13.
23928 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23932 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23933 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23935 \(fn)" t nil)
23937 ;;;***
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23940 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23942 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23944 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23945 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23946 \\<rst-mode-map>
23947 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23948 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23949 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23950 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23951 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23953 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23954 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23955 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23956 font-locking of blocks.
23958 \\{rst-mode-map}
23960 \(fn)" t nil)
23962 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23963 ReST Minor Mode.
23964 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23965 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23966 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23967 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23969 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23970 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23971 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23975 ;;;***
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23978 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23981 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23982 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23983 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23984 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23985 nesting into account.
23987 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23989 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23991 \(fn)" t nil)
23993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23995 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23997 ;;;***
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24000 ;;;;;; 45374))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24003 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24004 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24005 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24007 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24008 Toggle Ruler mode.
24009 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24013 ;;;***
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19845
24016 ;;;;;; 45374))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24019 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24020 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24021 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24022 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24024 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24026 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24027 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24028 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24030 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24031 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24032 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24034 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24035 notation.
24037 STRING
24038 matches string STRING literally.
24040 CHAR
24041 matches character CHAR literally.
24043 `not-newline', `nonl'
24044 matches any character except a newline.
24046 `anything'
24047 matches any character
24049 `(any SET ...)'
24050 `(in SET ...)'
24051 `(char SET ...)'
24052 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24053 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24054 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24056 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24057 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24058 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24059 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24061 `(not (any SET ...))'
24062 matches any character not in SET ...
24064 `line-start', `bol'
24065 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24066 in the text being matched
24068 `line-end', `eol'
24069 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24071 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24072 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24073 string being matched against.
24075 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24076 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24077 string being matched against.
24079 `buffer-start'
24080 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24081 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24083 `buffer-end'
24084 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24085 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24087 `point'
24088 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24090 `word-start', `bow'
24091 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24093 `word-end', `eow'
24094 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24096 `word-boundary'
24097 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24098 word.
24100 `(not word-boundary)'
24101 `not-word-boundary'
24102 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24103 word.
24105 `symbol-start'
24106 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24108 `symbol-end'
24109 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24111 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24112 matches 0 through 9.
24114 `control', `cntrl'
24115 matches ASCII control characters.
24117 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24118 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24120 `blank'
24121 matches space and tab only.
24123 `graphic', `graph'
24124 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24125 space, and DEL.
24127 `printing', `print'
24128 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24129 and DEL.
24131 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24132 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24133 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24135 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24136 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24137 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24139 `ascii'
24140 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24142 `nonascii'
24143 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24145 `lower', `lower-case'
24146 matches anything lower-case.
24148 `upper', `upper-case'
24149 matches anything upper-case.
24151 `punctuation', `punct'
24152 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24153 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24155 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24156 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24158 `word', `wordchar'
24159 matches anything that has word syntax.
24161 `not-wordchar'
24162 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24164 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24165 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24166 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24167 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24169 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24170 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24171 `word' (\\sw)
24172 `symbol' (\\s_)
24173 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24174 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24175 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24176 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24177 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24178 `escape' (\\s\\)
24179 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24180 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24181 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24182 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24183 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24185 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24186 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24188 `(category CATEGORY)'
24189 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24190 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24192 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24193 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24194 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24195 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24196 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24197 `symbol' (\\c5)
24198 `digit' (\\c6)
24199 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24200 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24201 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24202 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24203 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24204 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24205 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24206 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24207 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24208 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24209 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24210 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24211 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24212 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24213 `ascii' (\\ca)
24214 `arabic' (\\cb)
24215 `chinese' (\\cc)
24216 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24217 `greek' (\\cg)
24218 `korean' (\\ch)
24219 `indian' (\\ci)
24220 `japanese' (\\cj)
24221 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24222 `latin' (\\cl)
24223 `lao' (\\co)
24224 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24225 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24226 `thai' (\\ct)
24227 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24228 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24229 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24230 `can-break' (\\c|)
24232 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24233 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24235 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24236 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24237 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24238 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24239 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24241 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24242 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24243 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24244 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24246 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24247 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24248 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24249 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24250 regular expression.
24252 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24253 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24254 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24255 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24256 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24258 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24259 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24261 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24262 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24264 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24265 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24266 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24268 `(* SEXP ...)'
24269 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24270 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24272 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24273 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24274 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24276 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24277 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24278 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24280 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24281 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24283 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24284 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24286 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24287 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24288 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24289 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24291 `(? SEXP ...)'
24292 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24294 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24295 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24297 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24298 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24299 matches N occurrences.
24301 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24302 matches N or more occurrences.
24304 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24305 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24306 matches N to M occurrences.
24308 `(backref N)'
24309 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24311 `(eval FORM)'
24312 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24313 `regexp-quote' it.
24315 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24316 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24318 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24320 ;;;***
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19845
24323 ;;;;;; 45374))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24326 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24327 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24328 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24331 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24333 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24335 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24336 Toggle savehist-mode.
24337 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24338 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24339 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24340 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24342 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24343 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24344 which is probably undesirable.
24346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24348 ;;;***
24350 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24351 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24354 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24355 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24356 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24358 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24359 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24360 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24361 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24362 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24363 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24364 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24365 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24367 Commands:
24368 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24369 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24370 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24371 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24372 if that value is non-nil.
24374 \(fn)" t nil)
24376 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24377 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24378 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24380 Commands:
24381 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24382 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24383 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24384 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24385 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24386 that variable's value is a string.
24388 \(fn)" t nil)
24390 ;;;***
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24393 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24396 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24397 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24398 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24400 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24402 \(fn)" t nil)
24404 ;;;***
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24410 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24411 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24412 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24415 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24417 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24419 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24420 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24421 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24422 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24423 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24427 ;;;***
24429 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24430 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24431 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24433 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24434 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24435 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24436 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24437 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24438 during scrolling.
24440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24442 ;;;***
24444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24446 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24447 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24449 ;;;***
24451 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19845 45374))
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24455 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24456 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24457 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24459 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24460 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24461 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24462 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24463 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24464 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24465 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24466 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24467 keybinding for tag names.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24471 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24472 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24473 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24474 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24475 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24476 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24478 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24480 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24481 Toggle Semantic mode.
24482 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24484 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24485 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24486 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24487 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24488 Semantic mode.
24490 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24494 ;;;***
24496 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24497 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24498 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24499 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24500 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24501 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24502 ;;;;;; send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
24503 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19845 45374))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24506 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24507 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24509 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24510 king@grassland.com
24511 If `parens', they look like:
24512 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24513 If `angles', they look like:
24514 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24516 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24517 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24519 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24521 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24522 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24523 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24524 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24526 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24527 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24528 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24529 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24531 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24533 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24534 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24535 This is done when the message is initialized,
24536 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24538 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24540 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24541 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24542 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24544 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24546 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24548 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24549 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24550 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24551 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24552 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24553 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24554 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24556 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24557 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24559 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24560 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24562 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24564 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24565 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24566 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24567 be a Babyl file.")
24569 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24571 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24572 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24573 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24574 when you first send mail.")
24576 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24578 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24579 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24580 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24581 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24582 This file need not actually exist.")
24584 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24586 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24587 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24589 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24591 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24592 Alist of mail address aliases,
24593 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24594 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24595 can specify a different file name.)
24596 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24597 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24599 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24600 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24601 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24603 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24605 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24606 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24607 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24609 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24611 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24612 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24613 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24614 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24615 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24616 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24617 in the cited portion of the message.
24619 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24620 instead of no action.")
24622 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24624 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24625 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24626 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24627 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24628 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24630 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24632 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24633 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24634 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24635 If a string, that string is inserted.
24636 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24637 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24638 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24639 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24641 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24643 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24644 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24646 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24648 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24649 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24650 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24652 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24653 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24655 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24657 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24658 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24659 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24660 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24662 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24664 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24666 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24669 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24671 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24672 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24673 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24675 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24676 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24678 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24679 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24680 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24681 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24682 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24683 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24684 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24685 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24686 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24687 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24688 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24689 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24691 \(fn)" t nil)
24693 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24694 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24695 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24696 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24698 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24700 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24701 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24702 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24703 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24704 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24705 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24707 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24708 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24709 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24711 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24712 User should not set this variable manually,
24713 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24714 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24715 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24716 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24717 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24719 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24720 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24721 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24722 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24724 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24725 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24727 \\<mail-mode-map>
24728 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24730 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24731 to move to message header fields:
24732 \\{mail-mode-map}
24734 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24735 when the message is initialized.
24737 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24738 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24740 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24741 is inserted.
24743 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24744 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24746 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24747 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24748 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24749 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24750 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24751 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24752 buffer without erasing the contents.
24754 The second through fifth arguments,
24755 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24756 the initial contents of those header fields.
24757 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24758 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24759 original message being replied to, or else an action
24760 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24761 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24762 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24763 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24764 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24765 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24767 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24769 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24770 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24772 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24774 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24775 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24777 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24779 ;;;***
24781 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24782 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19863
24783 ;;;;;; 8742))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24786 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24788 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24790 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24792 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24793 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24794 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24795 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24796 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24797 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24799 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24800 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24802 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24803 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24804 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24806 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24807 \\[server-start].
24809 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24811 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24812 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24813 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24814 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24816 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24818 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24819 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24820 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24823 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24825 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24827 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24828 Toggle Server mode.
24829 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24830 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24831 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24835 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24836 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24837 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24839 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24840 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24842 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24844 ;;;***
24846 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19845 45374))
24847 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24849 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24850 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24851 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24853 Key definitions:
24854 \\{ses-mode-map}
24855 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24856 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24857 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24858 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24860 \(fn)" t nil)
24862 ;;;***
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24865 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24868 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24869 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24870 Makes > match <.
24871 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24872 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24874 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24875 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24876 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24878 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24879 in your `.emacs' file.
24881 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24883 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24884 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24885 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24887 \(fn)" t nil)
24889 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24890 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24891 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24892 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24893 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24894 which this is based.
24896 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24898 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24899 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24900 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24901 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24903 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24904 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24905 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24907 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24908 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24909 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24910 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24912 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24913 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24914 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24915 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24917 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24919 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24920 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24921 To work around that, do:
24922 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24924 \\{html-mode-map}
24926 \(fn)" t nil)
24928 ;;;***
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24931 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24933 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24935 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24936 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24937 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24938 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24939 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24940 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24942 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24943 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24944 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24945 shell-specific features.
24947 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24948 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24949 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24950 \\<sh-mode-map>
24951 \\[sh-case] case statement
24952 \\[sh-for] for loop
24953 \\[sh-function] function definition
24954 \\[sh-if] if statement
24955 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24956 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24957 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24958 \\[sh-select] select loop
24959 \\[sh-until] until loop
24960 \\[sh-while] while loop
24962 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24963 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24964 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24965 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24966 would indent to the way it currently is.
24967 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24968 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24971 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24972 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24973 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24974 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24975 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24976 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24978 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24979 {, (, [, ', \", `
24980 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24982 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24983 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24984 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24986 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24987 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24989 \(fn)" t nil)
24991 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24993 ;;;***
24995 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19845 45374))
24996 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24998 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24999 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25000 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25001 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25002 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25003 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25005 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25007 ;;;***
25009 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25010 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25013 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25014 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25016 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25017 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25018 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25020 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25021 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25022 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25023 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25024 the earlier.
25026 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25028 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25030 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25031 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25032 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25034 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25035 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25037 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25038 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25039 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25040 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25041 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25042 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25043 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25044 Emacs version).
25046 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25047 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25048 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25049 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25050 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25052 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25053 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25055 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25057 ;;;***
25059 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25060 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19845
25061 ;;;;;; 45374))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25064 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25065 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25066 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25067 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25068 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25069 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25070 sites in the cluster.
25072 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25074 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25075 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25076 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25077 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25078 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25080 \(fn)" t nil)
25082 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25083 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25084 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25085 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25086 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25087 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25088 `shadow-define-cluster').
25090 \(fn)" t nil)
25092 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25093 Set up file shadowing.
25095 \(fn)" t nil)
25097 ;;;***
25099 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25100 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25101 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25103 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25104 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25105 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25106 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25107 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25108 arguments.")
25110 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25112 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25113 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25114 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25115 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25116 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25118 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25119 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25120 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25121 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25122 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25123 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25124 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25125 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25126 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25127 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25128 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25131 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25132 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25133 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25135 `default-process-coding-system'.
25137 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25138 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25139 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25140 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25142 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25144 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25145 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25147 ;;;***
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19845
25150 ;;;;;; 45374))
25151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25153 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25156 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25158 ;;;***
25160 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25161 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25164 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25167 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25169 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25172 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25174 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25177 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25179 ;;;***
25181 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25182 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25185 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25186 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25187 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25188 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25189 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25191 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25193 \(fn)" t nil)
25195 ;;;***
25197 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19845
25198 ;;;;;; 45374))
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25201 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25202 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25203 \\{simula-mode-map}
25204 Variables controlling indentation style:
25205 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25206 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25207 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25208 `simula-indent-level'
25209 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25210 `simula-substatement-offset'
25211 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25212 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25213 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25214 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25215 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25216 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25217 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25218 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25219 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25220 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25221 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25222 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25223 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25224 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25225 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25226 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25227 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25228 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25229 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25230 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25231 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25232 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25233 or nil if they should not be changed.
25234 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25235 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25236 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25237 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25239 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25240 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25244 ;;;***
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25247 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25250 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25251 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25253 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25254 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25255 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25256 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25258 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25260 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25261 Insert SKELETON.
25262 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25263 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25264 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25265 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25266 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25268 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25269 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25271 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25273 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25274 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25276 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25277 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25278 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25279 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25281 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25282 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25283 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25284 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25286 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25287 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25288 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25290 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25291 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25293 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25294 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25296 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25297 _ interesting point, interregion here
25298 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25299 interesting point set by _
25300 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25301 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25302 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25303 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25304 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25305 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25306 nil skipped
25308 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25309 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25311 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25312 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25313 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25314 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25315 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25316 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25317 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25318 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25320 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25321 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25322 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25323 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25324 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25325 available:
25327 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25328 then: insert previously read string once more
25329 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25330 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25331 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25333 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25334 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25336 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25338 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25339 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25341 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25342 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25343 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25344 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25345 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25346 such as backslash.
25348 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25349 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25350 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25352 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25354 ;;;***
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25357 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19863 8742))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25360 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25361 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25362 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25363 buffer names.
25365 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25367 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25368 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25369 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25373 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25374 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25375 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25377 \(fn)" t nil)
25379 ;;;***
25381 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25382 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25385 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25386 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25387 A list of images is returned.
25389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25391 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25392 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25393 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25395 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25397 ;;;***
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25400 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19845 45374))
25401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25403 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25406 \(fn)" nil nil)
25408 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25409 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25411 \(fn)" t nil)
25413 ;;;***
25415 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25418 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25419 Play the Snake game.
25420 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25422 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25424 Snake mode keybindings:
25425 \\<snake-mode-map>
25426 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25427 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25428 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25429 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25430 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25431 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25432 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25436 ;;;***
25438 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25439 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25440 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25442 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25443 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25444 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25445 Tab indents for C code.
25446 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25447 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25448 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25449 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25450 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25454 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25455 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25456 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25457 Tab indents for C code.
25458 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25460 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25461 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25462 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25464 \(fn)" t nil)
25466 ;;;***
25468 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19845
25469 ;;;;;; 45374))
25470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25472 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25473 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25474 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25475 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25476 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25478 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25482 ;;;***
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19845
25485 ;;;;;; 45374))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25488 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25489 Play Solitaire.
25491 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25492 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25493 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25494 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25495 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25496 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25497 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25498 check after each move or undo.)
25500 What is Solitaire?
25502 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25503 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25504 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25506 Le Solitaire
25507 ============
25509 o o o
25511 o o o
25513 o o o o o o o
25515 o o o . o o o
25517 o o o o o o o
25519 o o o
25521 o o o
25523 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25524 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25525 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25526 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25528 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25529 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25530 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25531 this: o o .
25533 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25534 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25536 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25538 o o o
25540 . o o
25542 o o . o o o o
25544 o . o o o o o
25546 o o o o o o o
25548 o o o
25550 o o o
25552 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25554 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25558 ;;;***
25560 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25561 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25562 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25564 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25566 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25567 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25569 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25570 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25571 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25572 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25573 contiguous.
25575 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25576 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25577 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25578 the sort order.
25580 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25581 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25583 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25584 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25585 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25586 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25587 is called.
25589 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25590 It should move point to the end of the record.
25592 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25593 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25594 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25595 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25596 starts at the beginning of the record.
25598 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25599 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25600 same as ENDRECFUN.
25602 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25603 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25605 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25607 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25608 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25609 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25610 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25611 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25612 the sort order.
25614 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25616 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25617 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25618 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25619 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25620 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25621 the sort order.
25623 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25625 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25626 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25627 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25628 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25629 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25630 the sort order.
25632 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25633 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25635 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25636 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25637 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25638 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25639 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25640 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25641 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25642 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25643 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25645 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25647 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25648 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25649 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25650 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25651 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25652 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25653 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25654 the sort order.
25656 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25659 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25660 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25661 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25662 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25663 is to be used for sorting.
25664 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25665 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25666 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25667 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25668 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25670 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25672 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25673 the sort order.
25675 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25676 starting with the letter \"f\",
25677 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25679 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25681 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25682 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25683 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25684 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25685 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25686 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25687 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25688 the sort order.
25690 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25691 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25692 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25693 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25694 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25696 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25698 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25699 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25700 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25702 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25704 ;;;***
25706 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19867
25707 ;;;;;; 52471))
25708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25710 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25711 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25712 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25713 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25714 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25715 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25717 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25719 ;;;***
25721 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25722 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25723 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
25724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25726 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25727 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25729 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25730 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25731 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25733 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25735 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25736 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25737 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25738 server.
25740 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25742 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25743 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25744 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25746 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25748 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25749 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25750 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25751 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25752 Agent is plugged.
25754 \(fn)" t nil)
25756 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25757 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25758 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25759 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25763 ;;;***
25765 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25766 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19845 45374))
25767 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25769 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25771 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25772 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25773 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25774 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25775 supported at a time.
25776 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25777 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25782 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25783 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25784 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 ;;;***
25790 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
25791 ;;;;;; 45374))
25792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25794 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25795 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25797 \(fn)" t nil)
25799 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25800 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25802 \(fn)" nil nil)
25804 ;;;***
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25807 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25808 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25809 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25810 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25813 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25814 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25816 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25817 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25818 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25819 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25820 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25821 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25822 of the current highlighting list.
25824 For example:
25826 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25827 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25829 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25830 `_t' as data types.
25832 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25834 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25835 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25837 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25838 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25840 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25842 \\\\FREE
25844 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25846 \\\\NONFREE
25848 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25850 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25851 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25853 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25854 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25855 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25856 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25858 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25859 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25860 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25861 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25863 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25864 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25865 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25867 \(fn)" t nil)
25869 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25870 Major mode to edit SQL.
25872 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25873 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25874 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25876 \\{sql-mode-map}
25877 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25879 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25880 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25881 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25882 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25883 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25884 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25886 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25887 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25889 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25890 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25891 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25893 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25894 (lambda ()
25895 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25897 \(fn)" t nil)
25899 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25900 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25902 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25903 their settings.
25905 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25906 is specified in the connection settings.
25908 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25911 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25913 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25914 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25916 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25917 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25918 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25919 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25921 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25923 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25925 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25926 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25928 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25929 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25930 `*SQL*'.
25932 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25933 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25934 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25935 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25937 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25938 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25940 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25941 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25942 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25943 buffer.
25945 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25946 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25947 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25948 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25949 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25950 `default-process-coding-system'.
25952 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25954 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25956 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25957 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25959 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25960 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25961 `*SQL*'.
25963 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25964 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25965 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25966 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25968 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25969 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25971 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25973 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25974 buffer.
25976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25978 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25981 `default-process-coding-system'.
25983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25985 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25987 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25988 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25990 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25991 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25992 `*SQL*'.
25994 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25995 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25997 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26000 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26001 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26002 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26003 buffer.
26005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26007 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26010 `default-process-coding-system'.
26012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26017 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26019 SQLite is free software.
26021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26023 `*SQL*'.
26025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26027 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26028 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26030 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26031 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26033 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26034 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26035 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 buffer.
26038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26040 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26043 `default-process-coding-system'.
26045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26049 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26050 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26052 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26054 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26055 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26056 `*SQL*'.
26058 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26059 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26060 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26061 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26063 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26064 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26066 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26067 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26068 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26069 buffer.
26071 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26072 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26073 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26074 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26075 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26076 `default-process-coding-system'.
26078 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26080 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26082 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26083 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26085 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26086 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26087 `*SQL*'.
26089 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26090 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26091 defaults, if set.
26093 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26094 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26096 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26097 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26098 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26099 buffer.
26101 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26102 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26103 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26104 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26105 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26106 `default-process-coding-system'.
26108 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26112 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26113 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26115 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26116 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26117 `*SQL*'.
26119 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26120 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26122 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26123 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26125 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26126 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26127 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26128 buffer.
26130 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26131 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26132 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26133 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26134 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26135 `default-process-coding-system'.
26137 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26139 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26142 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26146 `*SQL*'.
26148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26149 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26150 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26151 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26153 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26154 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26156 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26157 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26158 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26159 buffer.
26161 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26162 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26163 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26164 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26165 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26166 `default-process-coding-system'.
26168 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26172 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26173 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26175 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26176 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26177 `*SQL*'.
26179 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26180 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26181 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26182 `sql-postgres-options'.
26184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26185 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26187 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26188 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26189 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26190 buffer.
26192 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26193 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26194 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26195 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26196 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26197 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26198 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26199 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26201 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26202 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26204 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26208 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26209 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26211 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26212 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26213 `*SQL*'.
26215 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26216 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26217 defaults, if set.
26219 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26222 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26223 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26224 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26225 buffer.
26227 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26228 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26229 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26230 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26231 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26232 `default-process-coding-system'.
26234 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26238 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26239 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26241 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26242 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26243 `*SQL*'.
26245 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26246 automatic login.
26248 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26251 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26252 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26253 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26254 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26256 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26257 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26258 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26259 buffer.
26261 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26262 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26263 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26264 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26265 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26266 `default-process-coding-system'.
26268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26270 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26272 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26273 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26275 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26276 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26277 `*SQL*'.
26279 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26280 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26281 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26282 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26283 parameters.
26285 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26286 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26287 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26288 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26289 an empty password.
26291 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26292 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26294 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26295 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26296 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26297 buffer.
26299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26303 ;;;***
26305 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26306 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26307 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26309 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26310 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26312 \(fn)" t nil)
26314 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26316 ;;;***
26318 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26319 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26322 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26323 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26324 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26325 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26326 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26327 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26328 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26329 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26330 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26331 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26332 with any buffer
26333 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26334 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26335 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26336 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26338 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26340 ;;;***
26342 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26343 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26344 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26345 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26346 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19845
26347 ;;;;;; 45374))
26348 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26350 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26351 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26352 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26353 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26354 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26355 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26357 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26359 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26362 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26363 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26364 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26365 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26366 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26367 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26369 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26371 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26372 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26373 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26374 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26375 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26376 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26377 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26379 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26381 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26382 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26383 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26388 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26389 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26391 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26394 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26396 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26398 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26399 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26401 \(fn)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26404 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26406 \(fn)" t nil)
26408 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26409 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26410 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26411 chronologically by command name.
26412 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26414 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26416 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26417 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26418 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26421 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26423 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26425 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26426 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26427 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26428 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26429 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26430 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26431 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26433 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26434 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26435 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26436 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26438 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26442 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26443 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26444 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26445 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26447 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26449 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26450 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26452 \(fn)" t nil)
26454 ;;;***
26456 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26457 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26460 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26461 Studlify-case the region.
26463 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26466 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26468 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26471 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26475 ;;;***
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26478 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26481 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26482 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26483 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26484 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26485 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26486 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26487 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26488 Here are some examples:
26490 Nomenclature Subwords
26491 ===========================================================
26492 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26493 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26494 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26496 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26497 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26498 as words.
26500 \\{subword-mode-map}
26502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26504 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26505 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26506 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26509 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26511 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26513 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26514 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26515 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26516 ARG is positive.
26517 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26518 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26519 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26523 ;;;***
26525 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26526 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26529 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26530 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26531 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26532 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26533 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26534 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26535 original message but it does require a few things:
26537 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26539 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26540 reply buffer.
26542 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26543 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26544 original message.
26546 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26548 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26550 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26551 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26552 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26554 \(fn)" nil nil)
26556 ;;;***
26558 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26559 ;;;;;; 45374))
26560 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26562 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26564 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26565 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26566 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26569 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26571 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26573 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26574 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26575 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26576 otherwise turn it off.
26578 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26579 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26580 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26584 ;;;***
26586 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19845 45374))
26587 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26589 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26590 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26591 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26592 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26593 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26597 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26598 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26599 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26600 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26601 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26602 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26603 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26605 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26607 ;;;***
26609 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26610 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26611 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26612 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26613 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26614 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26615 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26616 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26617 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26618 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26619 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26620 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26621 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26624 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26625 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26626 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26628 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26630 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26631 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26633 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26635 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26636 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26638 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26640 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26641 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26643 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26645 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26646 Insert an editable text table.
26647 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26648 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26649 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26650 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26651 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26652 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26653 delimiting them.
26655 Examples:
26657 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26659 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26660 location of point.
26664 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26665 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26666 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26667 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26668 first cell.
26670 +-----+-----+-----+
26671 |-!- | | |
26672 +-----+-----+-----+
26674 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26676 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26677 width, which results as
26679 +--------------+-----+-----+
26680 |-!- | | |
26681 +--------------+-----+-----+
26683 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26684 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26686 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26687 | | |-!- |
26688 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26690 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26691 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26692 width information to `table-insert'.
26694 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26696 instead of
26698 Cell width(s): 5
26700 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26701 work all together.
26703 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26704 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26707 |-!- | | |
26708 | | | |
26709 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26711 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 |-!- | | |
26715 | | | |
26716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26717 | | | |
26718 | | | |
26719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 | | | |
26725 | | | |
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 | | | |
26728 | | | |
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26732 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26733 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26734 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26736 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26737 | | | |
26738 | | | |
26739 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26740 | | | |
26741 | | | |
26742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 |-!- | | |
26744 | | | |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26748 results.
26750 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 | | | |
26752 | | | |
26753 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26755 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26756 | | |expected results.-!- |
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 | | | |
26759 | | | |
26760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26762 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26764 \\{table-cell-map}
26766 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26768 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26769 Insert N table row(s).
26770 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26771 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26772 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26773 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26775 \(fn N)" t nil)
26777 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26778 Insert N table column(s).
26779 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26780 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26781 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26782 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26784 \(fn N)" t nil)
26786 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26787 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26788 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26790 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26792 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26793 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26794 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26795 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26796 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26797 all the table specific features.
26799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26801 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26804 \(fn)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26807 Recognize all tables within region.
26808 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26809 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26810 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26811 specific features.
26813 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26815 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26818 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26820 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26821 Recognize a table at point.
26822 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26823 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26824 the table specific features.
26826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26828 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26831 \(fn)" t nil)
26833 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26834 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26835 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26836 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26837 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26838 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26839 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26841 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26846 \(fn)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26849 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26850 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26851 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26852 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26853 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26854 specified.
26856 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26859 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26860 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26861 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26862 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26863 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26864 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26865 table structure.
26867 \(fn N)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26870 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26871 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26872 table's rectangle structure.
26874 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26876 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26877 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26878 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26879 table's rectangle structure.
26881 \(fn N)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26884 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26885 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26886 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26887 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26889 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26891 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26892 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26893 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26895 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26896 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26897 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26898 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26899 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26900 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26901 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26903 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26904 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26905 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26906 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26907 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26908 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26909 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26911 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26912 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26913 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26914 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26915 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26916 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26917 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26918 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26920 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26922 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26923 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26924 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26925 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26929 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26930 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26931 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26933 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26935 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26936 Split current cell vertically.
26937 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26939 \(fn)" t nil)
26941 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26942 Split current cell horizontally.
26943 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26945 \(fn)" t nil)
26947 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26948 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26949 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26951 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26953 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26954 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26955 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26956 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26958 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26960 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26961 Justify cell contents.
26962 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26963 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26964 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26965 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26967 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26969 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26970 Justify cells of a row.
26971 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26972 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26974 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26977 Justify cells of a column.
26978 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26979 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26981 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26983 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26984 Toggle fixing width mode.
26985 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26986 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26987 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26991 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26992 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26993 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26994 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26995 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26996 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26997 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26998 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26999 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27000 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27001 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27003 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27005 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27006 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27007 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27008 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27009 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27010 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27011 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27012 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27013 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27014 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27015 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27016 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27017 untouched.
27019 References used for this implementation:
27021 HTML:
27022 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27024 LaTeX:
27025 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27027 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27028 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27029 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27031 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27033 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27034 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27035 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27036 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27037 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27038 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27039 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27040 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27041 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27042 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27043 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27044 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27045 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27046 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27047 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27048 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27049 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27051 Example:
27053 (progn
27054 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27055 (table-forward-cell 15)
27056 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27057 (table-forward-cell 16)
27058 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27059 (table-forward-cell 1)
27060 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27062 (progn
27063 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27064 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27065 (table-forward-cell 1)
27066 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27068 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27070 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27071 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27072 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27073 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27074 consists from cells of same height.
27076 \(fn N)" t nil)
27078 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27079 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27080 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27081 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27082 column must consists from cells of same width.
27084 \(fn N)" t nil)
27086 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27087 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27088 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27089 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27090 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27091 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27092 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27093 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27094 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27095 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27096 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27097 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27098 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27099 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27100 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27103 Example 1:
27105 1, 2, 3, 4
27106 5, 6, 7, 8
27107 , 9, 10
27109 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27110 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27111 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27112 specified as 5.
27114 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27115 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27116 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27117 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27118 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27119 | | 9 | 10 | |
27120 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27122 Note:
27124 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27125 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27126 of each row is optional.
27129 Example 2:
27131 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27132 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27133 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27134 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27135 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27137 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27138 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27140 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27141 expression and raw delimiter regular
27142 expression, it parses the specified text
27143 area and extracts cell items from
27144 non-table text and then forms a table out
27145 of them.
27147 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27148 creates a single cell table. The text in
27149 the specified region is placed in that
27150 cell.-*-
27152 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27153 like this.
27155 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27156 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27157 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27159 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27160 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27161 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27162 | area and extracts cell items from |
27163 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27164 | of them. |
27166 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27167 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27168 | the specified region is placed in that |
27169 | cell. |
27170 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27172 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27173 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27174 independently.
27176 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27177 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27178 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27179 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27180 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27181 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27182 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27183 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27184 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27185 | |of them. |
27186 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27187 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27188 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27189 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27190 | |cell. |
27191 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27193 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27194 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27195 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27197 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27199 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27200 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27201 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27202 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27203 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27205 \(fn)" t nil)
27207 ;;;***
27209 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19845 45374))
27210 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27212 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27213 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27215 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27217 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27218 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27220 \(fn)" t nil)
27222 ;;;***
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19845 45374))
27225 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27227 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27228 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27229 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27230 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27231 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27232 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27233 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27235 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27236 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27237 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27238 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27240 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27241 \\{tar-mode-map}
27243 \(fn)" t nil)
27245 ;;;***
27247 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27248 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19845 45374))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27251 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27252 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27253 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27254 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27255 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27256 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27258 Variables controlling indentation style:
27259 `tcl-indent-level'
27260 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27261 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27262 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27264 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27265 documentation for details):
27266 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27267 Controls action of TAB key.
27268 `tcl-auto-newline'
27269 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27270 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27271 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27272 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27273 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27275 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27276 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27277 already exist.
27279 \(fn)" t nil)
27281 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27282 Run inferior Tcl process.
27283 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27284 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27286 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27288 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27289 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27290 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27292 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27294 ;;;***
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19845 45374))
27297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27298 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27300 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27301 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27302 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27303 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27305 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27306 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27307 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27308 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27309 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27311 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27312 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27314 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27315 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27316 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27317 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27319 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27321 ;;;***
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27327 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27328 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27329 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27330 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27331 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27332 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27334 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27336 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27337 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27338 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27339 commands to use in that buffer.
27341 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27343 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27345 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27346 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27348 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27350 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27351 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27352 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27353 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27354 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27355 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27356 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27357 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27358 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27359 use in that buffer.
27360 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27362 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27364 ;;;***
27366 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19845
27367 ;;;;;; 45374))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27370 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27371 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27372 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27373 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27374 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27375 program as keyboard input.
27377 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27378 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27379 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27380 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27382 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27383 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27384 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27385 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27386 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27388 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27390 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27391 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27392 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27393 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27395 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27396 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27397 subprocess started.
27399 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27401 ;;;***
27403 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27404 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27407 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27408 Start coverage on function under point.
27410 \(fn)" t nil)
27412 ;;;***
27414 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19845 45374))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27417 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27418 Play the Tetris game.
27419 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27420 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27421 as to form complete rows.
27423 tetris-mode keybindings:
27424 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27425 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27426 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27427 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27428 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27429 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27430 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27431 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27432 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27434 \(fn)" t nil)
27436 ;;;***
27438 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27439 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27440 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27441 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27442 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27443 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27444 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27445 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27448 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27449 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27451 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27453 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27454 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27455 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27456 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27457 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27459 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27461 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27462 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27463 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27464 if it matches the first line of the file,
27465 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27467 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27469 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27470 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27471 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27472 if the variable is non-nil.")
27474 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27476 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27477 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27479 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27481 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27482 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27483 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27484 See the documentation of that variable.")
27486 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27488 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27489 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27490 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27491 See the documentation of that variable.")
27493 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27495 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27496 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27497 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27498 See the documentation of that variable.")
27500 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27502 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27503 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27504 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27505 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27506 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27508 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27510 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27511 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27512 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27513 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27515 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27517 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27518 User defined LaTeX block names.
27519 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27521 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27523 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27524 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27525 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27526 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27528 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27530 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27531 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27532 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27533 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27535 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27537 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27538 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27539 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27540 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27542 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27543 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27544 for example,
27546 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27547 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27549 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27550 use.")
27552 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27554 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27555 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27556 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27557 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27558 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27560 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27562 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27564 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27565 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27566 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27568 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27570 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27571 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27572 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27573 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27574 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27576 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27578 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27579 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27581 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27583 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27584 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27586 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27588 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27589 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27590 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27591 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27592 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27593 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27594 says which mode to use.
27596 \(fn)" t nil)
27598 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27600 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27602 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27604 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27605 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27606 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27607 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27608 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27610 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27611 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27612 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27613 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27614 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27615 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27616 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27618 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27619 mismatched $'s or braces.
27621 Special commands:
27622 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27624 Mode variables:
27625 tex-run-command
27626 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27627 tex-directory
27628 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27629 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27630 tex-dvi-print-command
27631 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27632 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27633 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27634 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27635 tex-dvi-view-command
27636 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27637 tex-show-queue-command
27638 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27639 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27641 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27642 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27643 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27645 \(fn)" t nil)
27647 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27648 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27649 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27650 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27651 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27653 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27654 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27655 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27656 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27657 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27658 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27659 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27661 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27662 mismatched $'s or braces.
27664 Special commands:
27665 \\{latex-mode-map}
27667 Mode variables:
27668 latex-run-command
27669 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27670 tex-directory
27671 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27672 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27673 tex-dvi-print-command
27674 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27675 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27676 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27677 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27678 tex-dvi-view-command
27679 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27680 tex-show-queue-command
27681 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27682 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27684 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27685 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27686 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27688 \(fn)" t nil)
27690 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27691 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27692 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27693 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27694 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27696 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27697 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27698 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27699 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27700 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27701 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27702 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27704 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27705 mismatched $'s or braces.
27707 Special commands:
27708 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27710 Mode variables:
27711 slitex-run-command
27712 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27713 tex-directory
27714 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27715 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27716 tex-dvi-print-command
27717 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27718 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27719 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27720 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27721 tex-dvi-view-command
27722 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27723 tex-show-queue-command
27724 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27725 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27727 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27728 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27729 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27730 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27732 \(fn)" t nil)
27734 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27737 \(fn)" nil nil)
27739 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27740 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27742 \(fn)" t nil)
27744 ;;;***
27746 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27747 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
27748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27750 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27751 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27752 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27753 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27755 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27756 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27757 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27759 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27761 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27762 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27763 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27764 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27765 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27767 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27769 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27770 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27771 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27772 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27774 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27775 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27776 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27777 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27779 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27780 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27782 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27784 ;;;***
27786 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27787 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
27788 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27790 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27791 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27793 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27795 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27796 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27798 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27800 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27801 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27803 It has these extra commands:
27804 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27806 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27807 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27808 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27809 modified version of TeX input format.
27811 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27812 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27813 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27814 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27816 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27817 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27818 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27819 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27820 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27821 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27822 in the Texinfo file.
27824 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27825 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27826 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27827 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27828 move forward past the closing brace.
27830 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27831 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27833 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27834 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27835 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27837 Here are the functions:
27839 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27840 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27841 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27843 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27844 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27845 texinfo-master-menu
27847 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27849 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27850 which menu descriptions are indented.
27852 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27853 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27854 in the region.
27856 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27857 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27858 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27859 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27861 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27862 be the first node in the file.
27864 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27865 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27869 ;;;***
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27872 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27873 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27876 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27877 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27878 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27879 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27881 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27883 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27884 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27888 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27889 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27896 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27898 ;;;***
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27901 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27902 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19852 16697))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27905 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27906 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27908 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27910 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27911 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27912 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27913 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27914 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27916 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27917 a symbol as a valid THING.
27919 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27920 of the textual entity that was found.
27922 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27924 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27925 Return the THING at point.
27926 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27927 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27928 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27930 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27931 a symbol as a valid THING.
27933 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27935 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27936 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27938 \(fn)" nil nil)
27940 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27941 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27943 \(fn)" nil nil)
27945 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27946 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27948 \(fn)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27951 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27953 \(fn)" nil nil)
27955 ;;;***
27957 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27958 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27959 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27960 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27962 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27963 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27965 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27967 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27968 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27969 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27970 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27972 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27974 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27975 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27977 \(fn)" t nil)
27979 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27980 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27982 \(fn)" t nil)
27984 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27986 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27987 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27991 ;;;***
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27994 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27995 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27996 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27997 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
27998 ;;;;;; 45374))
27999 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28001 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28002 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28003 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28005 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28007 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28008 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28010 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28012 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28013 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28014 The returned string has no composition information.
28016 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28018 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28019 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28021 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28023 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28024 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28026 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28028 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28029 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28030 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28031 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28036 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28037 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28038 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28040 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28042 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28043 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28044 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28046 \(fn)" t nil)
28048 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28049 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28050 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28054 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28057 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28059 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28062 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28064 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28067 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28069 ;;;***
28071 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28072 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28075 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28076 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28077 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28078 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28079 parameters.
28080 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28084 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28085 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28086 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28087 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28088 parameters.
28089 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28091 \(fn)" t nil)
28093 ;;;***
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28096 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28097 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19845 45374))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28100 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28101 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28103 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28104 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28106 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28107 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28108 This display updates automatically every minute.
28109 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28110 are displayed as well.
28111 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28113 \(fn)" t nil)
28115 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28116 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28117 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28120 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28122 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28124 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28125 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28126 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28128 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28129 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28130 customizing `display-time-interval').
28131 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28132 are displayed as well.
28133 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28137 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28138 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28139 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28140 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28142 \(fn)" t nil)
28144 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28145 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28146 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28147 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28149 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28151 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28152 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28154 \(fn)" t nil)
28156 ;;;***
28158 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28159 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28160 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28161 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28162 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28165 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28166 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28167 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28170 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28171 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28172 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28173 (progn
28174 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28175 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28176 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28178 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28179 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28181 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28184 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28186 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28188 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28189 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28191 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28193 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28194 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28195 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28197 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28199 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28201 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28202 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28203 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28205 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28207 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28208 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28210 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28212 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28213 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28214 DATE should be a date-time string.
28216 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28218 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28219 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28220 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28222 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28224 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28225 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28227 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28229 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28230 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28232 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28235 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28236 TIME should be a time value.
28237 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28239 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28242 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28243 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28245 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28247 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28248 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28249 The valid format specifiers are:
28250 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28251 %d is the number of days.
28252 %h is the number of hours.
28253 %m is the number of minutes.
28254 %s is the number of seconds.
28255 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28256 %% is a literal \"%\".
28258 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28259 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28261 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28262 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28263 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28265 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28266 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28267 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28269 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28271 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28273 ;;;***
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28276 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28278 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28279 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28280 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28281 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28282 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28283 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28287 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28288 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28289 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28290 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28291 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28292 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28293 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28294 look like one of the following:
28295 Time-stamp: <>
28296 Time-stamp: \" \"
28297 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28298 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28299 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28300 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28301 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28302 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28303 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28304 the template.
28306 \(fn)" t nil)
28308 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28309 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28310 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28314 ;;;***
28316 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28317 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28318 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28319 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28320 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28323 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28324 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28325 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28326 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28327 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28328 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28329 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28330 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28331 display (non-nil means on).
28333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28335 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28336 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28337 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28338 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28339 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28340 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28341 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28342 this function is called within a day.
28344 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28345 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28346 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28347 discover the name of the project.
28349 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28351 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28352 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28353 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28354 begun during the last time segment.
28356 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28357 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28358 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28359 discover the reason.
28361 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28363 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28364 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28365 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28366 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28367 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28369 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28371 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28372 Change to working on a different project.
28373 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28374 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28375 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28376 working on.
28378 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28380 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28381 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28382 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28384 \(fn)" nil nil)
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28387 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28388 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28390 \(fn)" t nil)
28392 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28393 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28394 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28395 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28396 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28397 \"relative to today\".
28399 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28401 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28402 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28403 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28404 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28406 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28409 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28410 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28411 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28412 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28413 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28415 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28417 ;;;***
28419 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28420 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28423 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28424 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28425 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28426 the generated Quail package is saved.
28428 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28430 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28431 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28432 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28433 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28434 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28435 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28436 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28438 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;***
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28443 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28445 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28446 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28448 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28449 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28450 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28451 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28452 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28454 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28456 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28457 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28458 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28459 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28460 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28462 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28464 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28465 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28466 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28467 in the menu in two ways:
28468 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28469 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28470 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28472 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28473 keymap or an alist of alists.
28474 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28475 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28477 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28479 ;;;***
28481 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28482 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28483 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28486 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28487 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28489 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28491 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28492 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28494 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28496 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28497 Insert new TODO list entry.
28498 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28499 category.
28501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28503 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28504 List top priorities for each category.
28506 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28507 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28509 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28510 between each category.
28511 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28513 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28516 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28517 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28518 between each category.
28520 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28522 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28524 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28525 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28527 \(fn)" t nil)
28529 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28530 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28532 \(fn)" nil nil)
28534 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28535 Show TODO list.
28537 \(fn)" t nil)
28539 ;;;***
28541 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28542 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28543 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19845 45374))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28546 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28547 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28548 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28552 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28553 Add an item to the tool bar.
28554 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28555 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28556 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28557 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28559 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28560 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28561 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28562 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28564 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28565 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28567 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28569 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28570 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28571 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28572 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28573 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28574 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28576 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28577 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28578 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28579 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28581 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28584 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28585 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28586 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28587 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28588 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28589 properties to add to the binding.
28591 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28593 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28594 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28596 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28598 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28599 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28600 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28601 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28602 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28603 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28604 properties to add to the binding.
28606 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28607 holds a keymap.
28609 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28611 ;;;***
28613 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28614 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28617 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28618 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28619 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28622 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28624 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28626 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28627 TPU/edt emulation.
28629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28631 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28633 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28634 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28638 ;;;***
28640 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28641 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28644 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28645 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28647 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28648 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28649 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28650 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28651 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28653 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28654 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28655 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28656 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28657 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28659 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28660 (tpu-edt)
28662 Known Problems:
28664 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28665 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28666 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28667 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28668 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28669 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28671 \(fn)" t nil)
28673 ;;;***
28675 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28678 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28679 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28680 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28681 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28682 to a tcp server on another machine.
28684 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28686 ;;;***
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28689 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28692 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28693 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28695 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28697 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28698 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28699 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28700 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28701 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28702 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28703 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28704 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28706 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28708 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28709 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28710 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28711 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28712 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28713 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28714 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28715 the window or buffer configuration.
28717 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28719 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28721 ;;;***
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28724 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28725 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28726 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19845 45374))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28729 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28730 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28731 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28733 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28735 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28736 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28738 It can have the following values:
28740 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28741 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28742 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28744 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28746 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28747 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28748 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28749 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28751 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28753 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28754 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28755 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28756 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28758 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28759 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28760 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28762 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28763 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28764 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28765 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28766 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28767 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28768 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28769 files which are not really Tramp files.
28771 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28772 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28773 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28774 updated after changing this variable.
28776 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28778 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28779 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28780 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28781 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28783 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28784 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28785 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28786 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28788 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28790 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28791 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28792 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28793 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28795 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28796 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28797 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28799 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28800 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28801 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28803 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28804 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28805 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28806 updated after changing this variable.
28808 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28810 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28811 Alist of completion handler functions.
28812 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28813 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28814 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28816 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28817 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28818 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28819 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28821 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28822 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28823 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28824 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28826 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28827 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28828 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28830 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28832 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28833 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28834 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28836 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28837 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28839 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28841 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28844 \(fn)" nil nil)
28846 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28847 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28849 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28851 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28852 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28854 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28856 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28857 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28859 \(fn)" t nil)
28861 ;;;***
28863 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28864 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28867 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28870 \(fn)" nil nil)
28872 ;;;***
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19845
28875 ;;;;;; 45374))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28878 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28879 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28880 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28881 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28882 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28883 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28884 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28885 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28887 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28888 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28889 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28891 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28892 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28893 resumed later.
28895 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28897 ;;;***
28899 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28900 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28903 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28906 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28908 ;;;***
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28911 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28913 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28914 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28915 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28917 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28918 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28919 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28920 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28921 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28922 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28923 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28927 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28928 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28929 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28930 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28932 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28934 \(fn)" t nil)
28936 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28937 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28938 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28939 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28940 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28941 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28942 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28944 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28945 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28947 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28948 \\___/\\
28949 / \\
28950 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28952 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28956 ;;;***
28958 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28959 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28960 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28961 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28962 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28963 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28965 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28966 Toggle typing break mode.
28967 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28969 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28971 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28973 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28974 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28976 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28978 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28979 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28981 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28982 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28983 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28985 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28986 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28988 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28990 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28991 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28993 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28994 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28995 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28996 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28998 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29000 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29001 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29002 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29004 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29005 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29006 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29007 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29008 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29009 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29011 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29012 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29013 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29014 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29016 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29017 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29019 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29020 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29022 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29024 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29025 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29026 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29028 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29029 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29030 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29031 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29032 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29033 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29034 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29036 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29037 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29039 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29040 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29041 reset the keystroke counter.
29043 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29044 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29045 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29046 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29048 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29049 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29050 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29051 `type-break-schedule' command.
29053 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29054 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29055 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29056 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29057 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29058 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29059 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29060 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29061 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29063 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29064 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29065 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29066 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29067 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29069 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29070 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29071 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29072 approximate good values for this.
29074 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29075 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29077 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29078 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29079 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29080 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29081 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29082 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29084 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29085 a typing break occur. They include:
29087 `type-break-query-mode'
29088 `type-break-query-function'
29089 `type-break-query-interval'
29091 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29093 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29094 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29095 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29096 problems.
29098 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29100 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29101 Take a typing break.
29103 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29104 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29106 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29107 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29109 \(fn)" t nil)
29111 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29112 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29113 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29114 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29116 \(fn)" t nil)
29118 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29119 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29121 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29122 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29123 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29124 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29125 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29126 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29127 average typing speed.)
29129 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29130 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29131 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29132 the computed maximum threshold.
29134 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29135 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29136 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29137 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29138 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29140 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29142 ;;;***
29144 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29147 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29148 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29149 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29150 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29151 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29153 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29155 ;;;***
29157 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29158 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29159 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29160 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29161 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29162 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19845 45374))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29165 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29166 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29170 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29171 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29173 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29175 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29176 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29178 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29180 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29181 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29183 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29186 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29188 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29190 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29191 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29193 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29196 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29200 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29201 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29203 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29206 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29208 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29210 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29211 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29213 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29215 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29216 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29220 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29221 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29223 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29225 ;;;***
29227 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29228 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29231 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29232 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29233 Works by overstriking underscores.
29234 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29235 which specify the range to operate on.
29237 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29239 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29240 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29241 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29242 which specify the range to operate on.
29244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29246 ;;;***
29248 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29249 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29252 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29253 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29254 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29255 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29256 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29257 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29259 \(fn)" nil nil)
29261 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29262 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29264 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29266 ;;;***
29268 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29269 ;;;;;; 45374))
29270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29272 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29273 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29274 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29275 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29277 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29279 ;;;***
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29282 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29285 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29286 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29287 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29289 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29290 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29291 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29292 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29293 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29294 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29296 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29297 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29298 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29300 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29301 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29302 the callback is not called).
29304 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29305 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29306 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29307 take effect.
29309 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29311 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29314 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29315 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29316 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29317 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29321 ;;;***
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29324 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29327 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29328 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29329 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29331 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29332 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29333 `url-generic-parse-url'
29334 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29335 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29336 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29337 realm
29338 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29339 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29340 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29341 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29342 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29343 what type of auth to use
29344 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29345 if one cannot be found in the cache
29347 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29349 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29350 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29352 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29353 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29354 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29355 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29356 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29357 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29358 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29359 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29361 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29363 ;;;***
29365 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29366 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19845 45374))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29369 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29370 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29372 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29374 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29375 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29376 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29381 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29383 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29385 ;;;***
29387 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29390 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29393 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29395 ;;;***
29397 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29398 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29399 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29401 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29404 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29406 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29409 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29411 ;;;***
29413 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29414 ;;;;;; 45374))
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29417 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29418 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29420 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29422 ;;;***
29424 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29425 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29428 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29429 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29431 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29433 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29434 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29435 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29436 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29437 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29439 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29441 ;;;***
29443 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29444 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29445 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29448 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29449 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29450 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29453 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29455 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29457 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29458 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29462 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29463 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29464 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29465 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29467 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29469 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29470 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29471 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29472 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29473 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29474 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29475 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29476 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29477 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29478 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29480 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29482 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29483 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29484 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29485 accessible.
29487 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29489 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29492 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29494 ;;;***
29496 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29497 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19845 45374))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29500 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29501 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29502 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29503 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29504 CBARGS as the arguments.
29506 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29508 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29513 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29515 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29518 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29520 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29521 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29522 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29524 Property list members:
29526 methods
29527 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29528 supports.
29531 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29532 supported.
29534 dasl
29535 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29537 ranges
29538 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29541 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29542 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29543 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29544 Emacs/W3.
29546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29548 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29549 Default HTTPS port.")
29551 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29552 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29553 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29555 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29556 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29557 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29558 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29559 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29561 ;;;***
29563 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29564 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29566 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29569 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29571 ;;;***
29573 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29574 ;;;;;; 45374))
29575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29577 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29578 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29579 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29580 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29581 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29583 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29585 ;;;***
29587 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29588 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29589 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29591 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29594 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29597 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29599 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29601 ;;;***
29603 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29604 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29607 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29608 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29612 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29613 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29617 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29622 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29624 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29626 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29628 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29629 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29633 ;;;***
29635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29636 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29639 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29644 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29647 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29649 ;;;***
29651 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29652 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29653 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29656 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29661 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29664 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29666 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29669 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29671 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29674 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29676 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29679 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29684 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29686 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29689 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29691 ;;;***
29693 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29694 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29697 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29698 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29700 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29702 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29703 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29704 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29705 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29707 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29709 ;;;***
29711 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29712 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29715 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29716 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29718 \(fn)" t nil)
29720 ;;;***
29722 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29723 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29724 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29725 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29726 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29727 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29728 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19845 45374))
29729 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29731 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29732 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29733 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29735 If t, all messages will be logged.
29736 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29737 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29739 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29741 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29744 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29746 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29749 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29751 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29752 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29753 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29754 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29755 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29756 & ==> &amp;
29757 < ==> &lt;
29758 > ==> &gt;
29759 \" ==> &quot;
29761 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29764 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29765 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29769 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29770 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29771 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29773 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29775 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29776 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29778 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29780 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29781 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29783 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29785 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29786 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29788 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29790 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29793 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29798 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29803 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29805 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29807 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29808 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29810 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29812 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29813 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29815 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29817 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29820 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29822 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29823 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29824 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29825 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29826 forbidden in URL encoding.
29828 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29830 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29831 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29832 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29833 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29834 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29835 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29837 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29839 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29840 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29841 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29842 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29844 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29846 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29847 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29848 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29850 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29852 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29853 View the current document's URL.
29854 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29855 the minibuffer.
29857 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29859 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29861 ;;;***
29863 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29864 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
29865 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29867 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29868 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29869 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29870 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29871 to refrain from editing the file
29872 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29873 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29874 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29875 in any way you like.
29877 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29879 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29880 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29881 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29882 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29883 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29885 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29886 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29888 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29890 ;;;***
29892 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29893 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29894 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
29895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29897 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29900 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29902 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29905 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29907 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29910 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29912 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29915 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29917 ;;;***
29919 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
29920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29922 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29923 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29925 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29927 ;;;***
29929 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29930 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29931 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29934 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29935 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29936 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29937 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29939 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29941 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29942 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29943 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29945 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29947 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29948 Uudecode region between START and END.
29949 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29953 ;;;***
29955 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29956 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29957 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29958 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29959 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29960 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29961 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19845 45374))
29962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29964 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29965 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29966 See `run-hooks'.")
29968 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29970 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29971 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29972 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29974 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29976 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29977 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29978 See `run-hooks'.")
29980 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29982 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29983 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29984 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29986 For locking systems:
29987 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29988 control.
29989 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29990 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29991 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29992 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29993 it performs a revert on that file.
29994 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29995 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29996 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29997 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29998 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29999 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30000 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30002 For merging systems:
30003 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30004 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30005 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30006 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30007 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30008 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30009 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30010 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30011 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30013 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30015 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30016 Register into a version control system.
30017 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30018 Otherwise register the current file.
30019 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30020 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30022 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30023 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30024 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30025 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30026 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30027 first backend that could register the file is used.
30029 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30031 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30032 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30034 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30036 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30037 Display diffs between file revisions.
30038 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30039 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30040 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30042 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30043 saving the buffer.
30045 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30047 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30048 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30049 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30050 fileset with the working revision.
30051 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30052 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30054 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30055 saving the buffer.
30057 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30059 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30060 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30061 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30062 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30064 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30066 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30067 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30068 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30069 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30071 \(fn)" t nil)
30073 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30074 Perform a version control merge operation.
30075 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30076 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30077 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30079 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30080 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30081 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30082 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30083 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30084 changes from the current branch.
30086 \(fn)" t nil)
30088 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30090 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30091 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30092 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30093 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30094 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30095 checked out in that new branch.
30097 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30099 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30100 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30101 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30102 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30103 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30104 allowed and simply skipped).
30106 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30108 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30109 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30110 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30111 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30112 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30114 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30115 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30117 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30119 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30120 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30121 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30122 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30123 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30125 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30127 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30128 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30129 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30131 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30133 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30134 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30135 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30137 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30139 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30140 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30141 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30142 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30144 \(fn)" t nil)
30146 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30147 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30148 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30149 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30151 \(fn)" t nil)
30153 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30155 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30156 Update the current fileset or branch.
30157 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30158 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30159 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30161 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30162 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30163 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30164 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30165 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30169 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30171 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30172 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30173 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30174 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30175 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30176 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30177 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30179 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30181 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30182 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30183 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30184 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30185 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30186 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30187 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30188 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30189 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30191 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30193 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30194 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30196 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30198 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30199 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30201 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30203 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30204 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30205 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30206 directory.
30208 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30210 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30211 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30212 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30214 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30215 log entries should be gathered.
30217 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30219 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30220 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30222 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30224 ;;;***
30226 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30227 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30228 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30230 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30231 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30233 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30234 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30235 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30236 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30237 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30238 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30240 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30241 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30242 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30243 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30244 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30245 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30246 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30247 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30249 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30251 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30253 Customization variables:
30255 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30256 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30257 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30258 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30260 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30262 ;;;***
30264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19845 45374))
30265 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30266 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30267 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30268 (progn
30269 (load "vc-arch")
30270 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30272 ;;;***
30274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19845 45374))
30275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30277 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30278 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30280 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30281 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30282 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30283 (progn
30284 (load "vc-bzr")
30285 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30287 ;;;***
30289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30291 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30292 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30293 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30294 (load "vc-cvs")
30295 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30297 ;;;***
30299 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19845 45374))
30300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30302 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30303 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30304 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30305 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30306 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30308 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30309 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30310 The file lines appear later.
30312 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30313 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30315 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30317 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30319 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30321 ;;;***
30323 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30324 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30327 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30328 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30329 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30330 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30331 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30332 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30333 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30334 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30335 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30336 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30337 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30338 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30339 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30340 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30341 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30343 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30345 ;;;***
30347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19845 45374))
30348 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30349 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30350 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30351 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30352 (progn
30353 (load "vc-git")
30354 (vc-git-registered file))))
30356 ;;;***
30358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30359 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30360 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30361 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30362 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30363 (progn
30364 (load "vc-hg")
30365 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30367 ;;;***
30369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30372 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30374 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30375 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30376 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30377 (progn
30378 (load "vc-mtn")
30379 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30381 ;;;***
30383 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30384 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30387 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30388 Where to look for RCS master files.
30389 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30391 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30393 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30395 ;;;***
30397 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30398 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30401 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30402 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30403 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30405 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30406 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30408 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30409 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30410 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30411 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30413 ;;;***
30415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30416 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30417 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30418 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30419 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30420 "_svn")
30421 (t ".svn"))))
30422 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30423 (load "vc-svn")
30424 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30426 ;;;***
30428 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30429 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30431 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30433 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30434 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30436 Usage:
30437 ------
30439 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30440 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30441 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30442 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30444 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30445 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30446 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30447 completions.
30449 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30450 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30452 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30453 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30455 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30456 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30457 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30459 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30462 Maintenance:
30463 ------------
30465 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30466 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30468 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30470 Official distribution is at
30471 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30474 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30475 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30477 Key bindings:
30478 -------------
30480 \\{vera-mode-map}
30482 \(fn)" t nil)
30484 ;;;***
30486 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30487 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30490 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30491 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30492 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30493 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30494 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30496 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30498 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30499 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30501 Supports highlighting.
30503 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30504 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30506 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30508 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30509 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30510 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30511 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30512 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30513 on the left side of your screen.
30514 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30515 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30516 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30517 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30518 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30519 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30520 function keyword.
30521 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30522 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30523 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30524 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30525 if (a)
30526 begin
30527 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30528 Indentation for case statements.
30529 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30530 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30531 mark after an end.
30532 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30533 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30534 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30535 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30536 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30537 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30538 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30539 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30540 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30541 if (a)
30542 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30543 otherwise you get:
30544 if (a)
30545 begin
30546 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30547 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30548 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30549 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30550 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30551 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30552 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30553 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30554 comments in tight quarters.
30555 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30556 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30558 Variables controlling other actions:
30560 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30561 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30562 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30564 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30566 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30568 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30569 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30570 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30572 Some other functions are:
30574 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30575 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30576 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30577 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30578 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30580 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30581 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30582 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30583 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30585 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30586 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30587 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30588 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30589 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30590 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30591 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30592 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30600 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30601 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30602 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30603 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30604 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30605 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30606 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30607 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30608 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30609 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30610 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30611 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30612 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30614 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30615 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30617 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30619 \(fn)" t nil)
30621 ;;;***
30623 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30624 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30627 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30628 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30630 Usage:
30631 ------
30633 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30634 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30635 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30636 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30637 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30638 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30639 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30640 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30641 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30643 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30644 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30645 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30646 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30648 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30649 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30650 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30651 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30652 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30654 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30655 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30658 HEADER INSERTION:
30659 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30660 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30661 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30664 STUTTERING:
30665 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30666 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30667 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30668 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30670 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30671 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30672 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30673 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30674 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30677 WORD COMPLETION:
30678 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30679 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30680 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30681 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30683 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30684 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30685 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30686 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30687 beginning with \"std\").
30689 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30690 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30691 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30692 stop.
30695 COMMENTS:
30696 `--' puts a single comment.
30697 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30698 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30699 with a comment in between.
30700 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30701 out following lines.
30702 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30703 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30705 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30706 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30707 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30708 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30709 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30710 non-nil.
30712 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30713 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30714 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30715 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30716 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30717 multi-line comments.
30720 INDENTATION:
30721 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30722 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30723 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30724 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30726 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30727 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30728 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30729 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30731 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30732 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30733 and vice versa.
30735 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30736 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30739 ALIGNMENT:
30740 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30741 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30742 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30743 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30744 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30745 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30746 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30747 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30749 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30750 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30751 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30752 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30753 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30754 is non-nil.
30756 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30757 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30758 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30760 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30761 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30764 CODE FILLING:
30765 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30766 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30767 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30768 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30769 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30770 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30773 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30774 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30775 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30776 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30777 command:
30779 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30782 PORT TRANSLATION:
30783 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30784 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30785 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30786 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30787 internal signal initializations (menu).
30789 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30790 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30791 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30793 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30794 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30795 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30796 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30797 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30798 in subsequent paste operations.)
30800 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30801 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30802 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30805 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30806 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30807 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30808 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30809 association list with formals).
30812 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30813 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30814 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30815 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30816 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30817 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30818 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30819 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30820 `vhdl-testbench'.
30823 KEY BINDINGS:
30824 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30827 VHDL MENU:
30828 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30831 FILE BROWSER:
30832 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30833 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30834 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30836 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30837 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30840 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30841 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30842 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30843 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30845 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30846 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30847 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30849 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30850 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30851 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30852 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30854 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30855 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30856 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30857 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30858 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30860 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30861 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30862 required by secondary units.
30865 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30866 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30867 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30868 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30869 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30870 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30871 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30872 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30873 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30874 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30875 inputs to this component -> input port created
30876 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30877 outputs from this component -> output port created
30878 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30879 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30881 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30882 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30883 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30884 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30885 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30887 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30888 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30890 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30891 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30892 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30893 component instantiation is also supported (option
30894 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30896 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30897 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30898 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30899 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30900 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30901 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30902 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30903 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30904 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30905 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30906 | generating the configuration.
30908 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30909 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30910 | configurations in speedbar.
30912 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30915 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30916 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30917 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30918 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30919 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30920 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30921 information. New compilers can be added.
30923 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30924 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30927 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30928 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30929 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30930 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30931 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30933 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30934 command:
30936 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30937 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30938 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30940 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30941 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30942 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30943 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30944 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30945 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30946 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30948 Limitations:
30949 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30950 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30951 not (yet) supported.
30952 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30953 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30954 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30957 PROJECTS:
30958 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30959 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30960 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30961 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30962 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30963 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30964 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30965 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30967 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30968 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30969 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30970 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30971 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30972 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30973 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30974 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30975 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30976 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30977 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30980 SPECIAL MENUES:
30981 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30982 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30983 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30984 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30985 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30986 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30987 current directory for VHDL source files.
30990 VHDL STANDARDS:
30991 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30992 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30995 KEYWORD CASE:
30996 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30997 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30998 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30999 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31000 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31001 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31002 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31003 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31006 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31007 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31008 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31009 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31010 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31011 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31012 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31014 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31015 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31016 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31017 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31018 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31019 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31021 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31022 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31023 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31024 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31025 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31026 visually.
31028 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31029 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31030 highlighted if written in lower case.
31032 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31033 highlighted using a different background color if option
31034 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31036 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31037 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31038 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31039 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31040 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31043 USER MODELS:
31044 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31045 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31046 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31049 HIDE/SHOW:
31050 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31051 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31052 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31053 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31054 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31057 CODE UPDATING:
31058 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31059 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31060 Limitations:
31061 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31062 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31063 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31064 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31065 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31066 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31067 (used to obtain the port names).
31070 CODE FIXING:
31071 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31072 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31075 PRINTING:
31076 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31077 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31078 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31079 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31080 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31081 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31082 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31083 printers.
31086 OPTIONS:
31087 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31088 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31089 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31090 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31091 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31093 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31094 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31095 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31096 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31097 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31098 INSTALL file).
31100 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31101 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31104 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31105 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31106 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31107 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31109 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31112 HINTS:
31113 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31114 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31116 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31118 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31120 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31123 RELEASE NOTES:
31124 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31127 Maintenance:
31128 ------------
31130 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31131 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31133 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31135 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31136 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31137 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31138 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31140 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31141 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31142 where the latest version can be found.
31145 Known problems:
31146 ---------------
31148 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31149 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31150 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31153 The VHDL Mode Authors
31154 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31156 Key bindings:
31157 -------------
31159 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31161 \(fn)" t nil)
31163 ;;;***
31165 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31168 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31169 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31170 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31171 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31173 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31174 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31175 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31176 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31177 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31179 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31180 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31182 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31184 * Limitations and unsupported features
31185 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31186 not supported.
31187 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31188 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31190 * Modifications
31191 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31192 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31193 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31194 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31195 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31196 for undoing a repeated change command.
31197 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31198 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31199 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31201 * Extensions
31202 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31203 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31204 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31205 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31206 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31207 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31208 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31209 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31211 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31215 ;;;***
31217 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31218 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31219 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31220 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31221 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31223 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31224 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31226 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31228 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31229 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31230 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31231 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31233 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31235 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31236 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31238 \(fn)" t nil)
31240 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31241 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31242 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31243 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31245 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31247 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31248 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31250 \(fn)" t nil)
31252 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31255 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31257 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31260 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31262 ;;;***
31264 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31265 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31266 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31267 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31268 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19845 45374))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31271 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31272 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31273 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31275 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31277 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31278 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31279 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31280 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31282 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31284 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31285 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31287 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31289 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31290 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31291 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31292 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31293 moving around in the buffer.
31294 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31295 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31297 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31299 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31301 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31302 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31303 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31304 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31306 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31307 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31308 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31309 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31310 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31312 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31314 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31316 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31317 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31318 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31319 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31320 buffer.
31322 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31323 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31324 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31325 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31326 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31328 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31330 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31332 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31333 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31334 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31335 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31336 moving around in the buffer.
31337 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31338 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31340 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31342 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31343 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31344 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31346 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31347 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31348 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31349 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31351 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31353 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31354 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31355 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31356 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31357 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31358 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31359 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31360 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31362 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31364 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31365 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31366 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31368 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31370 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31371 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31372 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31373 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31374 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31375 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31376 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31377 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31379 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31381 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31382 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31383 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31385 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31387 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31388 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31389 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31390 turn it off.
31392 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31393 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31394 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31395 read-only.
31396 \\<view-mode-map>
31397 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31398 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31399 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31400 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31401 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31403 H, h, ? This message.
31404 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31405 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31406 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31407 > move to the end of buffer.
31408 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31409 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31410 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31411 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31412 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31413 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31414 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31415 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31416 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31417 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31418 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31419 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31420 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31421 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31422 Use this to view a changing file.
31423 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31424 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31425 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31426 . set the mark.
31427 x exchanges point and mark.
31428 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31429 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31430 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31431 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31432 ' go to position saved in character register.
31433 s do forward incremental search.
31434 r do reverse incremental search.
31435 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31436 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31437 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31438 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31439 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31440 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31441 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31442 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31443 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31444 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31445 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31446 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31447 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31448 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31449 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31450 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31451 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31453 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31454 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31455 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31456 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31457 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31458 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31459 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31460 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31461 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31463 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31467 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31468 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31469 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31470 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31471 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31472 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31473 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31474 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31475 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31477 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31479 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31480 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31481 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31482 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31483 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31484 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31485 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31487 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31488 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31489 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31490 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31491 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31492 1) nil Do nothing.
31493 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31494 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31495 frame.
31496 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31497 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31498 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31499 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31501 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31503 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31505 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31507 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31508 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31510 \(fn)" t nil)
31512 ;;;***
31514 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31515 ;;;;;; 45374))
31516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31518 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31519 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31521 \(fn)" nil nil)
31523 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31524 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31526 \(fn)" t nil)
31528 ;;;***
31530 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31531 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31534 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31535 Toggle Viper on/off.
31536 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31538 \(fn)" t nil)
31540 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31541 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31543 \(fn)" t nil)
31545 ;;;***
31547 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31551 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31552 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31553 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31554 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31555 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31556 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31557 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31558 the beginning of the warning.")
31560 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31561 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31562 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31563 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31564 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31565 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31566 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31567 also call that function before the next warning.")
31569 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31570 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31572 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31573 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31574 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31575 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31577 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31578 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31579 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31580 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31581 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31582 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31584 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31585 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31586 Default is :warning.
31588 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31589 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31590 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31591 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31592 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31593 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31595 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31596 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31597 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31599 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31601 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31602 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31604 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31606 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31607 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31608 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31609 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31611 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31612 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31613 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31614 can be whatever you like.)
31616 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31617 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31619 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31620 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31621 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31622 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31623 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31625 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31627 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31628 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31629 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31630 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31631 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31633 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31635 ;;;***
31637 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31638 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31639 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31641 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31642 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31643 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31644 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31645 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31646 in disk.
31648 See `wdired-mode'.
31650 \(fn)" t nil)
31652 ;;;***
31654 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19845 45374))
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31657 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31658 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31660 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31661 hotlist.
31663 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31664 <nwv@acm.org>.
31666 \(fn)" t nil)
31668 ;;;***
31670 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31671 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31673 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31674 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31676 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31678 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31679 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31680 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31683 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31685 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31687 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31688 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31689 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31690 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31692 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31693 and off otherwise.
31695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31697 ;;;***
31699 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31700 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31701 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31702 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19845 45374))
31703 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31705 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31706 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31708 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31709 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31710 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31712 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31713 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31718 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31720 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31721 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31722 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31724 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31725 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31726 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31727 use `whitespace-mode'.
31729 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31733 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31734 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31735 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31738 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31740 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31742 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31743 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31745 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31746 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31747 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31749 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31750 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31754 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31755 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31756 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31758 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31759 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31761 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31763 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31764 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31766 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31767 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31768 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31770 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31771 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31772 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31773 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31775 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31780 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31782 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31783 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31785 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31786 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31788 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31790 CHAR MEANING
31791 (VIA FACES)
31792 f toggle face visualization
31793 t toggle TAB visualization
31794 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31795 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31796 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31797 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31798 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31799 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31800 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31801 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31802 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31803 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31804 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31805 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31806 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31807 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31808 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31810 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31811 T toggle TAB visualization
31812 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31813 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31815 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31816 ? display brief help
31818 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31819 The valid symbols are:
31821 face toggle face visualization
31822 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31823 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31824 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31825 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31826 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31827 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31828 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31829 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31830 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31831 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31832 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31833 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31834 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31835 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31836 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31837 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31839 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31840 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31841 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31843 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31845 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31849 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31850 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31852 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31853 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31855 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31856 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31858 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31860 CHAR MEANING
31861 (VIA FACES)
31862 f toggle face visualization
31863 t toggle TAB visualization
31864 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31865 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31866 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31867 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31868 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31869 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31870 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31871 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31872 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31873 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31874 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31875 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31876 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31877 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31878 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31880 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31881 T toggle TAB visualization
31882 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31883 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31885 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31886 ? display brief help
31888 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31889 The valid symbols are:
31891 face toggle face visualization
31892 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31893 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31894 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31895 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31896 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31897 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31898 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31899 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31900 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31901 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31902 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31903 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31904 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31905 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31906 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31907 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31909 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31910 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31911 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31913 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31915 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31919 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31920 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31922 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31923 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31924 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31925 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31926 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31928 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31930 The problems cleaned up are:
31932 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31933 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31935 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31937 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31939 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31940 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31941 SPACEs.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31945 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31949 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31950 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31952 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31958 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31960 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31962 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31963 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31964 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31965 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31967 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31970 documentation.
31972 \(fn)" t nil)
31974 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31975 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31977 The problems cleaned up are:
31979 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31981 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31982 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31983 SPACEs.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31987 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31989 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31991 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31992 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31994 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31998 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32000 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32002 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32004 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32005 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32007 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32009 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32011 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32012 documentation.
32014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32016 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32017 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32019 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32020 non-nil.
32022 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32023 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32024 `whitespace-style' to have:
32026 empty
32027 trailing
32028 indentation
32029 space-before-tab
32030 space-after-tab
32032 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32033 whitespace problems in buffer.
32035 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32037 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32038 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32039 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32040 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32041 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32042 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32043 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32049 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32053 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32054 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32055 cleaning up these problems.
32057 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32059 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32060 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32062 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32063 non-nil.
32065 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32066 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32067 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32069 empty
32070 indentation
32071 space-before-tab
32072 trailing
32073 space-after-tab
32075 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32076 whitespace problems in buffer.
32078 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32080 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32081 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32082 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32083 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32084 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32085 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32086 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32088 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32089 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32090 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32091 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32092 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32093 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32094 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32096 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32097 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32098 cleaning up these problems.
32100 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32102 ;;;***
32104 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32105 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19845 45374))
32106 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32108 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32109 Browse the widget under point.
32111 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32113 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32114 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32116 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32118 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32119 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32121 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32123 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32124 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32125 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32129 ;;;***
32131 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32132 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19845
32133 ;;;;;; 45374))
32134 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32136 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32137 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32139 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32141 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32142 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32143 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32145 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32147 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32148 Create widget of TYPE.
32149 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32151 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32153 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32154 Delete WIDGET.
32156 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32158 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32159 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32161 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32163 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32164 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32165 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32166 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32168 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32169 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32171 \(fn)" nil nil)
32173 ;;;***
32175 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32176 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19845
32177 ;;;;;; 45374))
32178 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32180 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32181 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32182 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32183 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32184 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32185 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32186 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32190 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32191 Select the window above the current one.
32192 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32193 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32194 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32195 negative ARG) of the current window.
32196 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32200 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32201 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32202 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32203 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32204 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32205 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32206 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32210 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32211 Select the window below the current one.
32212 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32213 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32214 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32215 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32216 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32220 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32221 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32222 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32223 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32225 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32227 ;;;***
32229 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32230 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32231 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32233 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32234 Toggle Winner mode.
32235 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32236 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32238 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32240 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32241 Toggle Winner mode.
32242 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32246 ;;;***
32248 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32249 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19845 45374))
32250 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32252 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32253 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32254 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32255 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32256 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32258 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32260 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32261 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32262 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32263 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32264 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32265 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32266 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32267 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32269 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32270 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32272 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32274 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32275 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32277 \(fn)" t nil)
32279 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32280 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32281 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32282 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32283 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32284 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32285 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32286 `woman' command for further details.
32288 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32290 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32291 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32293 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32295 ;;;***
32297 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32298 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32301 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32302 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32304 BUGS:
32305 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32306 are not implemented
32307 - Options for search and replace
32308 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32309 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32311 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32312 Emacs-like.
32314 The key bindings are:
32316 C-a backward-word
32317 C-b fill-paragraph
32318 C-c scroll-up-line
32319 C-d forward-char
32320 C-e previous-line
32321 C-f forward-word
32322 C-g delete-char
32323 C-h backward-char
32324 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32325 C-j help-for-help
32326 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32327 C-l ws-repeat-search
32328 C-n open-line
32329 C-p quoted-insert
32330 C-r scroll-down-line
32331 C-s backward-char
32332 C-t kill-word
32333 C-u keyboard-quit
32334 C-v overwrite-mode
32335 C-w scroll-down
32336 C-x next-line
32337 C-y kill-complete-line
32338 C-z scroll-up
32340 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32341 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32342 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32343 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32344 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32345 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32346 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32347 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32348 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32349 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32350 C-k b ws-begin-block
32351 C-k c ws-copy-block
32352 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32353 C-k f find-file
32354 C-k h ws-show-markers
32355 C-k i ws-indent-block
32356 C-k k ws-end-block
32357 C-k p ws-print-block
32358 C-k q kill-emacs
32359 C-k r insert-file
32360 C-k s save-some-buffers
32361 C-k t ws-mark-word
32362 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32363 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32364 C-k v ws-move-block
32365 C-k w ws-write-block
32366 C-k x kill-emacs
32367 C-k y ws-delete-block
32369 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32370 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32371 C-o j justify-current-line
32372 C-o k kill-buffer
32373 C-o l list-buffers
32374 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32375 C-o r set-fill-column
32376 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32377 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32378 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32379 C-o wo other-window
32380 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32382 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32383 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32384 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32385 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32386 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32387 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32388 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32389 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32390 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32391 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32392 C-q a ws-query-replace
32393 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32394 C-q c end-of-buffer
32395 C-q d end-of-line
32396 C-q f ws-search
32397 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32398 C-q l ws-undo
32399 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32400 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32401 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32402 C-q w ws-last-error
32403 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32404 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32406 \(fn)" t nil)
32408 ;;;***
32410 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32413 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32414 Perform an interactive search.
32415 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32416 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32417 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32418 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32420 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32421 Example:
32423 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32425 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32427 ;;;***
32429 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32430 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32431 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32433 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32434 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32435 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32436 Returns the top node with all its children.
32437 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32438 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32440 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32442 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32443 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32444 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32445 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32446 is not well-formed XML.
32447 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32448 and returned as the first element of the list.
32449 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32451 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32453 ;;;***
32455 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32456 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32457 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32459 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32460 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32461 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32462 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32463 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32464 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32465 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32466 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32467 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32468 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32470 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32472 ;;;***
32474 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19845
32475 ;;;;;; 45374))
32476 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32478 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32479 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32480 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32483 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32485 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32487 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32488 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32489 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32490 it off.
32492 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32493 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32494 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32495 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32496 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32497 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32501 ;;;***
32503 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32504 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32507 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32508 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32512 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32513 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32515 \(fn)" nil nil)
32517 ;;;***
32519 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32520 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32523 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32524 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32526 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32528 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32529 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32531 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32533 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32534 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32535 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32537 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32539 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32540 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32542 \(fn)" t nil)
32544 ;;;***
32546 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19845 45374))
32547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32549 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32550 Zone out, completely.
32552 \(fn)" t nil)
32554 ;;;***
32556 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-calc.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "org/org-complete.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19867
32758 ;;;;;; 53579 794540))
32760 ;;;***
32762 (provide 'loaddefs)
32763 ;; Local Variables:
32764 ;; version-control: never
32765 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32766 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32767 ;; coding: utf-8
32768 ;; End:
32769 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here